US20130096176A1 - Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression - Google Patents

Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130096176A1
US20130096176A1 US13/493,827 US201213493827A US2013096176A1 US 20130096176 A1 US20130096176 A1 US 20130096176A1 US 201213493827 A US201213493827 A US 201213493827A US 2013096176 A1 US2013096176 A1 US 2013096176A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
oligonucleotide
igf
seq
isis
oligonucleotides
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/493,827
Inventor
Christopher John Wraight
George Arthur Werther
Nicholas M. Dean
Kenneth W. Dobie
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Percheron Therapeutics Ltd
Original Assignee
Antisense Therapeutics Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from AU2003900609A external-priority patent/AU2003900609A0/en
Priority claimed from AU2003902610A external-priority patent/AU2003902610A0/en
Application filed by Antisense Therapeutics Ltd filed Critical Antisense Therapeutics Ltd
Priority to US13/493,827 priority Critical patent/US20130096176A1/en
Publication of US20130096176A1 publication Critical patent/US20130096176A1/en
Assigned to ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS LTD. reassignment ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DOBIE, KENNETH W., DEAN, NICHOLAS M., WERTHER, GEORGE ARTHUR, WRAIGHT, CHRISTOPHER JOHN
Assigned to ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS LIMITED reassignment ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS LIMITED CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS, LTD.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C12N15/1138—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against receptors or cell surface proteins
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C07H21/04—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C07H21/02—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with ribosyl as saccharide radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/11—Antisense
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
    • C12N2310/315—Phosphorothioates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/33—Chemical structure of the base
    • C12N2310/334—Modified C
    • C12N2310/3341—5-Methylcytosine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/34—Spatial arrangement of the modifications
    • C12N2310/346—Spatial arrangement of the modifications having a combination of backbone and sugar modifications
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/136—Screening for pharmacological compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/156—Polymorphic or mutational markers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/16—Primer sets for multiplex assays
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/14—Heterocyclic carbon compound [i.e., O, S, N, Se, Te, as only ring hetero atom]
    • Y10T436/142222—Hetero-O [e.g., ascorbic acid, etc.]
    • Y10T436/143333—Saccharide [e.g., DNA, etc.]

Definitions

  • the present invention provides compositions and methods for modulating the expression of a growth factor receptor gene.
  • this invention relates to compounds, particularly oligonucleotide compounds, which, in preferred embodiments, hybridize with nucleic acid molecules encoding the Insulin Like Growth Factor I receptor (IGF-I receptor or IGF-IR).
  • IGF-I receptor Insulin Like Growth Factor I receptor
  • Such compounds are exemplified herein to modulate proliferation which is relevant to the treatment of proliferative and inflammatory skin disorders and cancer. It will be understood, however, that the compounds can be used for any other condition in which the IGF-IR is involved including inflammatory conditions.
  • Psoriasis and other similar conditions are common and often distressing proliferative and/or inflammatory skin disorders affecting or having the potential to affect a significant proportion of the population.
  • the condition arises from over proliferation of basal keratinocytes in the epidermal layer of the skin associated with inflammation in the underlying dermis. Whilst a range of treatments have been developed, none is completely effective and free of adverse side effects. Although the underlying cause of psoriasis remains elusive, there is some consensus of opinion that the condition arises at least in part from over expression of local growth factors and their interaction with their receptors supporting keratinocyte proliferation via keratinocyte receptors which appear to be more abundant during psoriasis.
  • IGFs insulin-like growth factors
  • IGF-I and IGF-2 are ubiquitous polypeptides each with potent mitogenic effects on a broad range of cells. Molecules of the IGF type are also known as “progression factors” promoting “competent” cells through DNA synthesis.
  • the IGFs act through a common receptor known as the Type I receptor or IGF-IR, which is tyrosine kinase linked. They are synthesized in mesenchymal tissues, including the dermis, and act on adjacent cells of mesodermal, endodermal or ectodermal origin. The regulation of their synthesis involves growth hormone (GH) in the liver, but is poorly defined in most tissues (Sara, Physiological Reviews 70: 591-614, 1990).
  • GH growth hormone
  • IGFBPs IGF binding proteins
  • Skin comprising epidermis and underlying dermis, has GH receptors on dermal fibroblasts (Oakes et al., J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 73: 1368-1373, 1992).
  • Fibroblasts synthesize IGF-1 as well as IGFBPs-3, -4, -5 and -6 (Camacho-Hubner et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267: 11949-11956, 1992) which may be involved in targeting IGF-1 to adjacent cells as well as to the overlaying epidermis.
  • the major epidermal cell type the keratinocyte, does not synthesize IGF-I, but possesses IGF-I receptors and is responsive to IGF-I (Neely et al., J. Inv. Derm. 96: 104, 1991).
  • Antisense oligonucleotides inhibit mRNA translation via a number of alternative ways including destruction of the target mRNA through RNaseH recruitment, or interference with RNA processing, nuclear export, folding or ribosome scanning. More recently, a better understanding of intracellular sites of action of the various antisense modalities and improvements in oligonucleotide chemistry have increased the number of reports of validated expression inhibition.
  • the inventors focused on the use of the antisense approach to inhibit the growth of human epidermal keratinocytes, particularly in human epidermal growth disorders such as psoriasis.
  • Psoriasis is a common and disfiguring skin condition associated with severe epidermal hyperplasia.
  • Existing psoriasis therapies are only partially effective, however, treatments targeting the epidermis have shown promise (Jensen et al., Br. J. Dermatol. 139: 984-991, 1998; van de Kerkhof, Skin Pharmacol. Appl. Skin Physiol. 11: 2-10, 1998).
  • One strategy is to develop antisense inhibitors of IGF-IR expression and to use these to block IGF-1-stimulated cell division and survival in the epidermis.
  • the IGF-IR is a tyrosine kinase linked cell surface receptor (Ullrich et al., EMBO J. 5: 2503-2512, 1986) that regulates cell division, transformation and apoptosis in many cell types (LeRoith et al., Endocr. Rev. 16: 143-163, 1995; Rubin and Baserga, Laboratory Investigation 73: 311-331, 1995).
  • Human epidermal keratinocytes are highly responsive to IGF-IR activation (Ristow and Messmer, J. Cell Physiol. 137: 277-284, 1988; Neely et al., J. Invest. Dermatol.
  • the IGF-IR has been targeted previously by antisense approaches in fibroblasts, haemopoietic cells and glioblastoma cells to investigate its role in transformation and cell cycle progression (Pietrzkowski et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 12: 3883-3889, 1992; Porcu et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 12: 5069-5077, 1992; Reiss et al., Oncogene 7: 2243-2248, 1992; Resnicoff et al., Cancer Res. 54: 2218-2222, 1994).
  • oligonucleotides have been reported which are capable of reducing IGF-IR mRNA levels when efficiently delivered to the keratinocyte nucleus (White et al., Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10: 195-203, 2000; Wraight et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 18: 521-526, 2000). These oligonucleotides were also effective at reducing IGF-I binding, receptor activation and cell proliferation in vitro and epidermal proliferation in vivo (Wraight et al., 2000, supra).
  • Propyne-modified phosphorothioate oligonucleotides were selected (Flanagan et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 14: 1139-1145, 1996b; Flanagan and Wagner, Mol. Cell. Biochem. 172: 213-225, 1997) because their increased affinity for target mRNA allows mRNA inhibition with lower concentrations (Wagner et al., 1993, supra) and shorter oligonucleotide length (Flanagan et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 2936-2941, 1996a) than unmodified phosphorothioates, theoretically reducing the incidence of aptameric effects on target cells.
  • Oligonucleotides of alternative chemistries can also provide other advantages including known large scale manufacture, human clinical development knowhow, and/or known approval as drugs.
  • SEQ ID NO: Nucleotide and amino acid sequences are referred to by a sequence identifier number (SEQ ID NO:).
  • the SEQ ID NOs: correspond numerically to the sequence identifiers ⁇ 400>1 (SEQ ID NO:1), ⁇ 400>2 (SEQ ID NO:2), etc.
  • SEQ ID NO:1 sequence identifier 1
  • SEQ ID NO:2 sequence identifier 2
  • a summary of the sequence identifiers is provided in Table 1.
  • a sequence listing is provided after the claims.
  • the present invention is directed to compounds, especially nucleic acid and nucleic acid-like oligomers, which are targeted to a nucleic acid encoding a growth factor receptor and in particular Insulin Like Growth Factor I Receptor (IGF-IR), and even more particularly human IGF-IR and which modulate the expression of IGF-IR.
  • IGF-IR Insulin Like Growth Factor I Receptor
  • Pharmaceutical and other compositions comprising the compounds of the invention are also provided. Further provided are methods of screening for modulators of IGF-IR gene expression and methods of modulating the expression of the IGF-IR gene in cells, tissues or animals comprising contacting said cells, tissues or animals with one or more of the compounds or compositions of the invention.
  • Methods of treating an animal, particularly a human, suspected of having or being prone to a disease or condition associated with expression of IGF-IR or its ligand, IGF-I are also set forth herein. Such methods comprise administering a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of one or more of the compounds or compositions of the invention to the person in need of treatment.
  • the preferred compounds of the present invention are referred to herein as antisense oligonucleotides or ASOs.
  • the ASOs referred to in the subject specification are listed in Table 1.
  • the ASOs are identified by an “ISIS” number as well as a SEQ ID number.
  • One group of particularly preferred ASOs include ISIS 175308 (SEQ ID NO:116), ISIS 175302 (SEQ ID NO:110), ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:122), ISIS 175307 (SEQ ID NO:115), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:131).
  • ASOs include ISIS 323744 (SEQ ID NO:50), ISIS 323747 (SEQ ID NO:53), ISIS 323767 (SEQ ID NO:73), ISIS 323762 (SEQ ID NO:68) and ISIS 323737 (SEQ ID NO:43).
  • FIG. 1 is a diagrammatic representation of a skin biopsy maintained ex vivo.
  • FIG. 2 is a representation of (A) the nucleotide sequence of the 5′ untranslated region of the IGF-IR gene (SEQ ID NO: 76) showing the location of targets for ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO: 122), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO: 125) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO: 131).
  • FIG. 3 is a graphical representation showing (A) the effect of lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 175292 through 175328 on IGF-IR mRNA in A549 cells relative to negative controls ISIS 13650, ISIS 18078 and ISIS 29848. (B) the effect of lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 175314, ISIS 175317 and ISIS 175323 on IGF-IR mRNA on A459 cells
  • A459 cells were transfected with Lipofectin complexed with antisense and control oligonucleotides at a ratio of 2 lipid:1 oligonucleotide. Total cellular RNA was isolated 16-20 h later in an automated process (e.g.
  • the histogram represents triplicate measurements from a single experiment, showing mean IGF-IR mRNA levels as a % of the levels in untreated control ⁇ SD, (C) nucleotide sequences of ASO compounds, control oligonucleotides and primer/probe oligonucleotides.
  • RNA was recovered and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR.
  • FIG. 5 is a photographic and graphical representation showing the effect of DT1064 (SEQ ID NO:43) and lead IGF-IR ASOs (ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:27), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:30) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:36)) on IGF-IR protein in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:27), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:30) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:36)
  • A A representative immunoblot (Western 3) showing the intensity of the IGF-IR signal. Samples were run on 4 gels; the GSV-treated and untreated from each gel is shown alongside the samples run on the same gel.
  • FIG. 6 is a graphical representation showing the effect of DT1064 and lead IGF-IR ASOs on cell proliferation rates in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • FIG. 7 is a representation of the deoxyribonucleotide sequence of the region of the IGF-IR gene (M69229; SEQ ID NO:77) showing the location of targets for ISIS 175314, ISIS 175317 and ISIS 175323.
  • FIG. 8 is a graphical representation showing the effect of ISIS 175317, IGF-IR lead ASOs, and DT1064 on IGF-I receptor mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 62-63) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 ⁇ g/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (6, 13, 25, 50, 100 or 200 nM).
  • Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR.
  • FIG. 9 is a graphical representation showing the effect of ISIS 175317, other IGF-IR lead ASOs, and DT1064 on IGF-I receptor mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 62-63) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 ⁇ g/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (6, 13, 25, 50, 100, or 200 nM).
  • Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR.
  • Lead IGF-IR ASO ISIS 175317
  • Lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767.
  • FIG. 10 is a graphical representation show the effect of ISIS 175317, four recently-identified IGF-IR lead ASOs, and DT1064 on IGF-I receptor mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 45) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 ⁇ g/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (0.3, 1.6, 3, 6, 25, or 100 nM).
  • Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR.
  • Lead IGF-IR ASO ISIS 175317.
  • Lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767.
  • Control 2′MOE gapmers ISIS 129691 (random), ISIS 306064 (8 mismatch).
  • C-5 propyne IGF-IR ASO DT1064. Control C-5 propyne: 6416 (15 mismatch).
  • FIG. 11 is a graphical representation showing the concentration-response curves for the effects of the four recently identified ASOs and ISIS 175317 on relative IGF-IR mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 45) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 ⁇ g/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (0.4, 1.6, 3, 6, 25, or 100 nM).
  • Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR.
  • Lead IGF-IR ASO ISIS 175317.
  • Lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767.
  • FIG. 14 is a graphical representation showing mean IGF-IR mRNA levels in psoriatic skin biopsies after topical application of ISIS 175317 to epidermis tissue showing specificity of ISIS 175317 to IGF-IR and not to GAPDH, HPRT, insulin receptor, Casp. 3 and Bax. Bars represent the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis and dermis of vehicle-treated and ISIS 175317-treated biopsies. Data are expressed relative to the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis of the vehicle treated samples, error bars are one standard deviation.
  • the present invention employs compounds, preferably oligonucleotides and similar species for use in modulating the function or effect of nucleic acid molecules encoding the Insulin Like Growth Factor I receptor and, in a particular embodiment, the human Insulin Like Growth Factor-I receptor (IGF-IR).
  • IGF-IR Insulin Like Growth Factor-I receptor
  • This is accomplished by providing oligonucleotides which specifically hybridize with one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding IGF-IR.
  • target nucleic acid and “nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR” have been used for convenience to encompass DNA encoding IGF-IR, RNA (including pre-mRNA and mRNA or portions thereof) transcribed from such DNA, and also cDNA derived from such RNA.
  • antisense inhibition The hybridization of a compound of this invention with its target nucleic acid is generally referred to as “antisense”. Consequently, the preferred mechanism believed to be included in the practice of some preferred embodiments of the invention is referred to herein as “antisense inhibition.” Such antisense inhibition is typically based upon hydrogen bonding-based hybridization of oligonucleotide strands or segments such that at least one strand or segment is cleaved, degraded, or otherwise rendered inoperable. In this regard, it is presently preferred to target specific nucleic acid molecules and their functions for such antisense inhibition.
  • the functions of DNA to be interfered with can include replication and transcription.
  • Replication and transcription for example, can be from an endogenous cellular template, a vector, a plasmid construct or otherwise.
  • the functions of RNA to be interfered with can include functions such as translocation of the RNA to a site of protein translation, translocation of the RNA to sites within the cell which are distant from the site of RNA synthesis, translation of protein from the RNA, splicing of the RNA to yield one or more RNA species, and catalytic activity or complex formation involving the RNA which may be engaged in or facilitated by the RNA.
  • One preferred result of such interference with target nucleic acid function is modulation of the expression of IGF-IR.
  • modulation and “modulation of expression” mean either an increase (stimulation) or a decrease (inhibition) in the amount or levels of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the gene, e.g., DNA or RNA Inhibition is often the preferred form of modulation of expression and mRNA is often a preferred target nucleic acid.
  • hybridization means the pairing of complementary strands of oligomeric compounds.
  • the preferred mechanism of pairing involves hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleoside or nucleotide bases (nucleobases) of the strands of oligomeric compounds.
  • nucleobases complementary nucleoside or nucleotide bases
  • adenine and thymine are complementary nucleobases which pair through the formation of hydrogen bonds.
  • Hybridization can occur under varying circumstances.
  • An antisense compound is specifically hybridizable when binding of the compound to the target nucleic acid interferes with the normal function of the target nucleic acid to cause a loss of activity, and there is a sufficient degree of complementarity to avoid non-specific binding of the antisense compound to non-target nucleic acid sequences under conditions in which specific binding is desired, i.e., under physiological conditions in the case of in vivo assays or therapeutic treatment, and under conditions in which assays are performed in the case of in vitro assays.
  • stringent hybridization conditions or “stringent conditions” refers to conditions under which a compound of the invention will hybridize to its target sequence, but to a minimal number of other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances and in the context of this invention, “stringent conditions” under which oligomeric compounds hybridize to a target sequence are determined by the nature and composition of the oligomeric compounds and the assays in which they are being investigated.
  • oligonucleotide and the further DNA, RNA, or oligonucleotide molecule are complementary to each other when a sufficient number of complementary positions in each molecule are occupied by nucleobases which can hydrogen bond with each other.
  • “specifically hybridizable” and “complementary” are terms which are used to indicate a sufficient degree of precise pairing or complementarity over a sufficient number of nucleobases such that stable and specific binding occurs between the oligonucleotide and a target nucleic acid.
  • an antisense compound need not be 100% complementary to that of its target nucleic acid to be specifically hybridizable.
  • an oligonucleotide may hybridize over one or more segments such that intervening or adjacent segments are not involved in the hybridization event (e.g., a loop structure or hairpin structure).
  • the antisense compounds of the present invention comprise at least 70% sequence complementarity to a target region within the target nucleic acid, more preferably that they comprise 90% sequence complementarity and even more preferably comprise 95% sequence complementarity to the target region within the target nucleic acid sequence to which they are targeted.
  • an antisense compound in which 18 of 20 nucleobases of the antisense compound are complementary to a target region, and would therefore specifically hybridize would represent 90 percent complementarity.
  • the remaining noncomplementary nucleobases may be clustered or interspersed with complementary nucleobases and need not be contiguous to each other or to complementary nucleobases.
  • an antisense compound which is 18 nucleobases in length having 4 (four) noncomplementary nucleobases which are flanked by two regions of complete complementarity with the target nucleic acid would have 77.8% overall complementarity with the target nucleic acid and would thus fall within the scope of the present invention.
  • Percent complementarity of an antisense compound with a region of a target nucleic acid can be determined routinely using BLAST programs (basic local alignment search tools) and PowerBLAST programs known in the art (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215: 403-410, 1990; Zhang and Madden, Genome Res. 7: 649-656, 1997).
  • compounds include antisense oligomeric compounds, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, external guide sequence (EGS) oligonucleotides, alternate splicers, primers, probes, and other oligomeric compounds which hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid.
  • these compounds may be introduced in the form of single-stranded, double-stranded, circular or hairpin oligomeric compounds and may contain structural elements such as internal or terminal bulges or loops.
  • the compounds of the invention may elicit the action of one or more enzymes or structural proteins to effect modification of the target nucleic acid.
  • RNAse H a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. It is known in the art that single-stranded antisense compounds which are “DNA-like” elicit RNAse H. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in cleavage of the RNA target, thereby greatly enhancing the efficiency of oligonucleotide-mediated inhibition of gene expression. Similar roles have been postulated for other ribonucleases such as those in the RNase III and ribonuclease L family of enzymes.
  • antisense compound is a single-stranded antisense oligonucleotide
  • dsRNA double-stranded RNA
  • oligomeric compound refers to a polymer or oligomer comprising a plurality of monomeric units.
  • oligonucleotide refers to an oligomer or polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA) or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or mimetics, chimeras, analogs and homologs thereof. This term includes oligonucleotides composed of naturally occurring nucleobases, sugars and covalent internucleoside (backbone) linkages as well as oligonucleotides having non-naturally occurring portions which function similarly. Such modified or substituted oligonucleotides are often preferred over native forms because of desirable properties such as, for example, enhanced cellular uptake, enhanced affinity for a target nucleic acid and increased stability in the presence of nucleases.
  • oligonucleotides are a preferred form of the compounds of this invention, the present invention comprehends other families of compounds as well, including but not limited to oligonucleotide analogs and mimetics such as those described herein.
  • the compounds in accordance with this invention preferably comprise from about 8 to about 80 nucleobases (i.e. from about 8 to about 80 linked nucleosides).
  • nucleobases i.e. from about 8 to about 80 linked nucleosides.
  • the invention embodies compounds of 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, or 80 nucleobases in length.
  • the compounds of the invention are 12 to 50 nucleobases in length.
  • this embodies compounds of 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleobases in length.
  • the compounds of the invention are 15 to 30 nucleobases in length.
  • One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies compounds of 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleobases in length.
  • Antisense compounds 8-80 nucleobases in length comprising a stretch of at least eight (8) consecutive nucleobases selected from within the illustrative antisense compounds are considered to be suitable antisense compounds as well.
  • Exemplary preferred antisense compounds include oligonucleotide sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 5′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred antisense compounds (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same oligonucleotide beginning immediately upstream of the 5′-terminus of the antisense compound which is specifically hybridizable to the target nucleic acid and continuing until the oligonucleotide contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases).
  • preferred antisense compounds are represented by oligonucleotide sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 3′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred antisense compounds (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same oligonucleotide beginning immediately downstream of the 3′-terminus of the antisense compound which is specifically hybridizable to the target nucleic acid and continuing until the oligonucleotide contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases).
  • preferred antisense compounds illustrated herein will be able, without undue experimentation, to identify further preferred antisense compounds.
  • the candidate compounds of the present invention are referred to herein by ISIS number or SEQ ID NO. Preferred compounds are shown in Table 1.
  • One group of particularly preferred ASOs include ISIS 175308 (SEQ ID NO:116), ISIS 175302 (SEQ ID NO:110), ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:122), ISIS 175307 (SEQ ID NO:115), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:131).
  • ASOs include ISIS 323744 (SEQ ID NO:50), ISIS 323747 (SEQ ID NO:53), ISIS 323767 (SEQ ID NO:73), ISIS 323762 (SEQ ID NO:68) and ISIS 323737 (SEQ ID NO:43).
  • An even more particularly preferred ASO is ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125).
  • Targeting an antisense compound to a particular nucleic acid molecule, in the context of this invention, can be a multistep process. The process usually begins with the identification of a target nucleic acid whose function is to be modulated.
  • This target nucleic acid may be, for example, a cellular gene (or mRNA transcribed from the gene) whose expression is associated with a particular disorder or disease state, or a nucleic acid molecule from an infectious agent.
  • the target nucleic acid encodes IGF-IR.
  • the targeting process usually also includes determination of at least one target region, segment, or site within the target nucleic acid for the antisense interaction to occur such that the desired effect, e.g., modulation of expression, will result.
  • region is defined as a portion of the target nucleic acid having at least one identifiable structure, function, or characteristic.
  • regions of target nucleic acids are segments. “Segments” are defined as smaller or sub-portions of regions within a target nucleic acid.
  • Sites as used in the present invention, are defined as positions within a target nucleic acid.
  • the translation initiation codon is typically 5′-AUG (in transcribed mRNA molecules; 5′-ATG in the corresponding DNA molecule), the translation initiation codon is also referred to as the “AUG codon,” the “start codon” or the “AUG start codon”.
  • a minority of genes have a translation initiation codon having the RNA sequence 5′-GUG, 5′-UUG or 5′-CUG, and 5′-AUA, 5′-ACG and 5′-CUG have been shown to function in vivo.
  • translation initiation codon and “start codon” can encompass many codon sequences, even though the initiator amino acid in each instance is typically methionine (in eukaryotes) or formylmethionine (in prokaryotes). It is also known in the art that eukaryotic and prokaryotic genes may have two or more alternative start codons, any one of which may be preferentially utilized for translation initiation in a particular cell type or tissue, or under a particular set of conditions.
  • start codon and “translation initiation codon” refer to the codon or codons that are used in vivo to initiate translation of an mRNA transcribed from a gene encoding IGF-IR, regardless of the sequence(s) of such codons. It is also known in the art that a translation termination codon (or “stop codon”) of a gene may have one of three sequences, i.e., 5′-UAA, 5′-UAG and 5′-UGA (the corresponding DNA sequences are 5′-TAA, 5′-TAG and 5′-TGA, respectively).
  • start codon region and “translation initiation codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation initiation codon.
  • stop codon region and “translation termination codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation termination codon. Consequently, the “start codon region” (or “translation initiation codon region”) and the “stop codon region” (or “translation termination codon region”) are all regions which may be targeted effectively with the antisense compounds of the present invention.
  • a preferred region is the intragenic region encompassing the translation initiation or termination codon of the open reading frame (ORF) of a gene.
  • target regions include the 5′ untranslated region (5′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 5′ direction from the translation initiation codon, and thus including nucleotides between the 5′ cap site and the translation initiation codon of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene), and the 3′ untranslated region (3′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 3′ direction from the translation termination codon, and thus including nucleotides between the translation termination codon and 3′ end of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene).
  • 5′UTR 5′ untranslated region
  • 3′UTR 3′ untranslated region
  • the 5′ cap site of an mRNA comprises an N7-methylated guanosine residue joined to the 5′-most residue of the mRNA via a 5′-5′ triphosphate linkage.
  • the 5′ cap region of an mRNA is considered to include the 5′ cap structure itself as well as the first 50 nucleotides adjacent to the cap site. It is also preferred to target the 5′ cap region.
  • introns regions that are excised from a transcript before it is translated.
  • exons regions that are excised from a transcript before it is translated.
  • targeting splice sites i.e., intron-exon junctions or exon-intron junctions, may also be particularly useful in situations where aberrant splicing is implicated in disease, or where an overproduction of a particular splice product is implicated in disease. Aberrant fusion junctions due to rearrangements or deletions are also preferred target sites.
  • fusion transcripts mRNA transcripts produced via the process of splicing of two (or more) mRNAs from different gene sources are known as “fusion transcripts”. It is also known that introns can be effectively targeted using antisense compounds targeted to, for example, DNA or pre-mRNA.
  • RNA transcripts can be produced from the same genomic region of DNA. These alternative transcripts are generally known as “variants”.
  • pre-mRNA variants are transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA that differ from other transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA in either their start or stop position and contain both intronic and exonic sequence.
  • pre-mRNA variants Upon excision of one or more exon or intron regions, or portions thereof during splicing, pre-mRNA variants produce smaller “mRNA variants”. Consequently, mRNA variants are processed pre-mRNA variants and each unique pre-mRNA variant must always produce a unique mRNA variant as a result of splicing. These mRNA variants are also known as “alternative splice variants”. If no splicing of the pre-mRNA variant occurs then the pre-mRNA variant is identical to the mRNA variant.
  • variants can be produced through the use of alternative signals to start or stop transcription and that pre-mRNAs and mRNAs can possess more that one start codon or stop codon.
  • Variants that originate from a pre-mRNA or mRNA that use alternative start codons are known as “alternative start variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA.
  • Those transcripts that use an alternative stop codon are known as “alternative stop variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA.
  • One specific type of alternative stop variant is the “polyA variant” in which the multiple transcripts produced result from the alternative selection of one of the “polyA stop signals” by the transcription machinery, thereby producing transcripts that terminate at unique polyA sites.
  • the types of variants described herein are also preferred target nucleic acids.
  • preferred target segments The locations on the target nucleic acid to which the preferred antisense compounds hybridize are hereinbelow referred to as “preferred target segments.”
  • preferred target segment is defined as at least an 8-nucleobase portion of a target region to which an active antisense compound is targeted. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is presently believed that these target segments represent portions of the target nucleic acid which are accessible for hybridization.
  • Target segments 8-80 nucleobases in length comprising a stretch of at least eight (8) consecutive nucleobases selected from within the illustrative preferred target segments are considered to be suitable for targeting as well.
  • Target segments can include DNA or RNA sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 5′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred target segments (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same DNA or RNA beginning immediately upstream of the 5′-terminus of the target segment and continuing until the DNA or RNA contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases).
  • preferred target segments are represented by DNA or RNA sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 3′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred target segments (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same DNA or RNA beginning immediately downstream of the 3′-terminus of the target segment and continuing until the DNA or RNA contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases).
  • preferred target segments illustrated herein will be able, without undue experimentation, to identify further preferred target segments.
  • the “preferred target segments” identified herein may be employed in a screen for additional compounds that modulate the expression of the IGF-IR gene.
  • “Modulators” are those compounds that decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR and which comprise at least a 8-nucleobase portion which is complementary to a preferred target segment.
  • the screening method comprises the steps of contacting a preferred target segment of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR with one or more candidate modulators, and selecting for one or more candidate modulators which decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR. Once it is shown that the candidate modulator or modulators are capable of modulating (e.g.
  • the modulator may then be employed in further investigative studies of the function of IGF-IR, or for use as a research, diagnostic, or therapeutic agent in accordance with the present invention.
  • double stranded oligonucleotide moieties have been shown in the art to modulate target expression and regulate translation as well as RNA processsing via an antisense mechanism. Moreover, the double-stranded moieties may be subject to chemical modifications (Fire et al., Nature 391: 806-811, 1998; Timmons and Fire, Nature 395: 854, 1998; Timmons et al., Gene 263: 103-112, 2001; Tabara et al., Science 282: 430-431, 1998; Montgomery et al., 1998, supra; Tuschl et al., Genes Dev.
  • the compounds of the present invention can also be applied in the areas of drug discovery and target validation.
  • the present invention comprehends the use of the compounds and preferred target segments identified herein in drug discovery efforts to elucidate relationships that exist between IGF-I, IGF-IR or IGF-I/IGF-IR interaction and a disease state, phenotype, or condition.
  • These methods include detecting or modulating IGF-IR comprising contacting a sample, tissue, cell, or organism with the compounds of the present invention, measuring the nucleic acid or protein level of IGF-IR and/or a related phenotypic or chemical endpoint at some time after treatment, and optionally comparing the measured value to a non-treated sample or sample treated with a further compound of the invention.
  • These methods can also be performed in parallel or in combination with other experiments to determine the function of unknown genes for the process of target validation or to determine the validity of a particular gene product as a target for treatment or prevention of a particular disease, condition, or phenotype.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be utilized for diagnostics, therapeutics, prophylaxis and as research reagents and kits. Furthermore, antisense oligonucleotides, which are able to inhibit gene expression with exquisite specificity, are often used by those of ordinary skill to elucidate the function of particular genes or to distinguish between functions of various members of a biological pathway.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used as tools in differential and/or combinatorial analyses to elucidate expression patterns of a portion or the entire complement of genes expressed within cells and tissues.
  • expression patterns within cells or tissues treated with one or more antisense compounds are compared to control cells or tissues not treated with antisense compounds and the patterns produced are analyzed for differential levels of gene expression as they pertain, for example, to disease association, signaling pathway, cellular localization, expression level, size, structure or function of the genes examined. These analyses can be performed on stimulated or unstimulated cells and in the presence or absence of other compounds which affect expression patterns.
  • Examples of methods of gene expression analysis known in the art include DNA arrays or microarrays (Brazma and Vilo, FEBS Lett. 480: 17-24, 2000; Celis et al., FEBS Lett. 480: 2-16, 2000), SAGE (serial analysis of gene expression) (Madden et al., Drug Discov. Today 5: 415-425, 2000), READS (restriction enzyme amplification of digested cDNAs) (Prashar and Weissman, Methods Enzymol. 303: 258-272, 1999), TOGA (total gene expression analysis) (Sutcliffe et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for research and diagnostics, because these compounds hybridize to nucleic acids encoding IGF-IR.
  • oligonucleotides that are shown to hybridize with such efficiency and under such conditions as disclosed herein as to be effective IGF-IR inhibitors of IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors will also be effective primers or probes under conditions favoring gene amplification or detection, respectively.
  • primers and probes are useful in methods requiring the specific detection of nucleic acid molecules encoding IGF-IR and in the amplification of said nucleic acid molecules for detection or for use in further studies of IGF-IR or its gene.
  • Hybridization of the antisense oligonucleotides, particularly the primers and probes, of the invention with a nucleic acid encoding IGF-IR can be detected by means known in the art. Such means may include conjugation of an enzyme to the oligonucleotide, radiolabelling of the oligonucleotide or any other suitable detection means. Kits using such detection means for detecting the level of IGF-IR in a sample may also be prepared.
  • an animal preferably a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder which can be treated by modulating the expression of the IGF-IR gene is treated by administering antisense compounds in accordance with this invention.
  • the methods comprise the step of administering to the animal in need of treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of an IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor.
  • the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors of the present invention effectively inhibit the activity of the IGF-IR protein or inhibit the expression of the IGF-IR gene.
  • the activity or expression of IGF-IR or its gene in an animal is inhibited by about 10%.
  • the activity or expression of IGF-IR or its gene in an animal is inhibited by about 30%. More preferably, the activity or expression of IGF-IR or its gene in an animal is inhibited by 50% or more.
  • the reduction of the expression of the IGF-IR gene may be measured in serum, adipose tissue, skin cells, liver or any other body fluid, tissue or organ of the animal.
  • the cells contained within said fluids, tissues or organs being analyzed contain a nucleic acid molecule encoding an IGF-IR protein.
  • the compounds of the invention can be utilized in pharmaceutical compositions by adding an effective amount of a compound to a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Use of the compounds and methods of the invention may also be useful prophylactically.
  • linear compounds are generally preferred.
  • linear compounds may have internal nucleobase complementarity and may therefore fold in a manner as to produce a fully or partially double-stranded compound.
  • the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside backbone of the oligonucleotide.
  • the normal linkage or backbone of RNA and DNA is a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
  • oligonucleotides containing modified backbones or non-natural internucleoside linkages include those that retain a phosphorus atom in the backbone and those that do not have a phosphorus atom in the backbone.
  • modified oligonucleotides that do not have a phosphorus atom in their internucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides.
  • Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones containing a phosphorus atom therein include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonates, 5′-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, selenophosphates and boranophosphates having normal 3′-5′ linkages, 2′-5′ linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein one or more internucleotide linkages is a 3′ to 3′, 5′ to 5′ or 2′ to 2′ link
  • Preferred oligonucleotides having inverted polarity comprise a single 3′ to 3′ linkage at the 3′-most internucleotide linkage i.e. a single inverted nucleoside residue which may be abasic (the nucleobase is missing or has a hydroxyl group in place thereof).
  • Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
  • Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that are formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages.
  • morpholino linkages formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside
  • siloxane backbones sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones
  • formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones
  • riboacetyl backbones alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones; sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones; amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH 2 component parts.
  • Preferred embodiments of the invention are oligonucleotides with phosphorothioate backbones and oligonucleosides with heteroatom backbones, and in particular —CH 2 —NH—O—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—O—CH 2 — [known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], —CH 2 —O—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 — and —O—N(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 2 — [wherein the native phosphodiester backbone is represented as —O—P—O—CH 2 —] of the above referenced U.S.
  • Modified oligonucleotides may also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties.
  • Preferred oligonucleotides comprise one of the following at the 2′ position: OH; F; O—, S—, or N-alkyl; O—, S—, or N-alkenyl; O—, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl may be substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to C 10 alkyl or C 2 to C 10 alkenyl and alkynyl.
  • oligonucleotides comprise one of the following at the 2′ position: C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH 3 , OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF 3 , OCF 3 , SOCH 3 , SO 2 CH 3 , ONO 2 , NO 2 , N 3 , NH 2 , heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties.
  • a further preferred modification includes 2′-dimethylaminooxyethoxy, i.e., a O(CH 2 ) 2 ON(CH 3 ) 2 group, also known as 2′-DMAOE, as described in examples hereinbelow, and 2′-dimethylamino-ethoxyethoxy (also known in the art as 2′-O-dimethyl-amino-ethoxy-ethyl or 2′-DMAEOE), i.e., 2′-O—CH 2 —O—CH 2 —N(CH 3 ) 2 , also described in examples hereinbelow.
  • 2′-dimethylaminooxyethoxy i.e., a O(CH 2 ) 2 ON(CH 3 ) 2 group
  • 2′-DMAOE also known as 2′-DMAOE
  • 2′-dimethylamino-ethoxyethoxy also known in the art as 2′-O-dimethyl-amino-ethoxy-ethyl
  • the 2′-modification may be in the arabino (up) position or ribo (down) position.
  • a preferred 2′-arabino modification is 2′-F.
  • oligonucleotide Similar modifications may also be made at other positions on the oligonucleotide, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleotide or in 2′-5′ linked oligonucleotides and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide. Oligonucleotides may also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • a further preferred modification of the sugar includes Locked Nucleic Acids (LNAs) in which the 2′-hydroxyl group is linked to the 3′ or 4′ carbon atom of the sugar ring, thereby forming a bicyclic sugar moiety.
  • the linkage is preferably a methylene (—CH 2 —) r , group bridging the 2′ oxygen atom and the 4′ carbon atom wherein n is 1 or 2.
  • LNAs and preparation thereof are described in WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226.
  • nucleobases include tricyclic pyrimidines such as phenoxazine cytidine(1H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), phenothiazine cytidine (1H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzothiazin-2(3H)-one), G-clamps such as a substituted phenoxazine cytidine (e.g.
  • nucleobases may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S.
  • 5-substituted pyrimidines include 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine.
  • 5-methylcytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6-1.2° C. and are presently preferred base substitutions, even more particularly when combined with 2′-O-methoxyethyl sugar modifications.
  • Oligonucleotides of the invention may also be conjugated to active drug substances, for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fenbufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansylsarcosine, 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, flufenamic acid, folinic acid, a benzothiadiazide, chlorothiazide, a diazepine, indomethicin, a barbiturate, a cephalosporin, a sulfa drug, an antidiabetic, an antibacterial or an antibiotic. Oligonucleotide-drug conjugates and their preparation are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/334,130 (filed Jun. 15, 1999) which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Chimeric antisense compounds of the invention may be formed as composite structures of two or more oligonucleotides, modified oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides and/or oligonucleotide mimetics as described above. Such compounds have also been referred to in the art as hybrids or gapmers. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such hybrid structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be admixed, encapsulated, conjugated or otherwise associated with other molecules, molecule structures or mixtures of compounds, as for example, liposomes, receptor-targeted molecules, oral, rectal, topical or other formulations, for assisting in uptake, distribution and/or absorption.
  • Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such uptake, distribution and/or absorption-assisting formulations include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the antisense compounds of the invention encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters, or any other compound which, upon administration to an animal, including a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active metabolite or residue thereof. Accordingly, for example, the disclosure is also drawn to prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such prodrugs, and other bioequivalents.
  • prodrug indicates a therapeutic agent that is prepared in an inactive form that is converted to an active form (i.e., drug) within the body or cells thereof by the action of endogenous enzymes or other chemicals and/or conditions.
  • prodrug versions of the oligonucleotides of the invention are prepared as SATE [(S-acetyl-2-thioethyl) phosphate] derivatives according to the methods disclosed in WO 93/24510 to Gosselin et al., published Dec. 9, 1993 or in WO 94/26764 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,713 to Imbach et al.
  • Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration.
  • Oligonucleotides with at least one 2′-O-methoxyethyl modification are believed to be particularly useful for oral administration.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for topical administration may include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable. Coated condoms, gloves and the like may also be useful.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention may be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical industry. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • compositions of the present invention may be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas.
  • the compositions of the present invention may also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous or mixed media.
  • Aqueous suspensions may further contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain stabilizers.
  • Formulations of the present invention include liposomal formulations.
  • liposome means a vesicle composed of amphiphilic lipids arranged in a spherical bilayer or bilayers. Liposomes are unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles which have a membrane formed from a lipophilic material and an aqueous interior that contains the composition to be delivered. Cationic liposomes are positively charged liposomes which are believed to interact with negatively charged DNA molecules to form a stable complex. Liposomes that are pH-sensitive or negatively-charged are believed to entrap DNA rather than complex with it. Both cationic and noncationic liposomes have been used to deliver DNA to cells.
  • Liposomes also include “sterically stabilized” liposomes, a term which, as used herein, refers to liposomes comprising one or more specialized lipids that, when incorporated into liposomes, result in enhanced circulation lifetimes relative to liposomes lacking such specialized lipids.
  • sterically stabilized liposomes are those in which part of the vesicle-forming lipid portion of the liposome comprises one or more glycolipids or is derivatized with one or more hydrophilic polymers, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • compositions of the present invention may also include surfactants.
  • surfactants used in drug products, formulations and in emulsions is well known in the art. Surfactants and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • formulations are routinely designed according to their intended use, i.e. route of administration.
  • Preferred formulations for topical administration include those in which the oligonucleotides of the invention are in admixture with a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants.
  • a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants.
  • Preferred lipids and liposomes include neutral (e.g. dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, distearolyphosphatidyl choline) negative (e.g. dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG) and cationic (e.g. dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine DOTMA).
  • neutral e.
  • oligonucleotides of the invention may be encapsulated within liposomes or may form complexes thereto, in particular to cationic liposomes.
  • oligonucleotides may be complexed to lipids, in particular to cationic lipids.
  • Preferred fatty acids and esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, microparticulates, nanoparticulates, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, gel capsules, sachets, tablets or minitablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable.
  • Preferred oral formulations are those in which oligonucleotides of the invention are administered in conjunction with one or more penetration enhancers surfactants and chelators.
  • Preferred surfactants include fatty acids and/or esters or salts thereof, bile acids and/or salts thereof.
  • compositions and formulations for parenteral, intrathecal or intraventricular administration may include sterile aqueous solutions which may also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • chemotherapeutic agents When used with the compounds of the invention, such chemotherapeutic agents may be used individually (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide), sequentially (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide for a period of time followed by MTX and oligonucleotide), or in combination with one or more other such chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., 5-FU, MTX and oligonucleotide, or 5-FU, radiotherapy and oligonucleotide).
  • chemotherapeutic agents may be used individually (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide), sequentially (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide for a period of time followed by MTX and oligonucleotide), or in combination with one or more other such chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., 5-FU, MTX and oligonucleotide, or 5-FU, radiotherapy and oligon
  • Anti-inflammatory drugs including but not limited to nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and corticosteroids, and antiviral drugs, including but not limited to ribivirin, vidarabine, acyclovir and ganciclovir, may also be combined in compositions of the invention. Combinations of antisense compounds and other non-antisense drugs are also within the scope of this invention. Two or more combined compounds may be used together or sequentially.
  • compositions of the invention may contain one or more antisense compounds, particularly oligonucleotides, targeted to a first nucleic acid and one or more additional antisense compounds targeted to a second nucleic acid target.
  • compositions of the invention may contain two or more antisense compounds targeted to different regions of the same nucleic acid target. Numerous examples of antisense compounds are known in the art. Two or more combined compounds may be used together or sequentially.
  • compositions and their subsequent administration are believed to be within the skill of those in the art. Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the disease state to be treated, with the course of treatment lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved. Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates. Optimum dosages may vary depending on the relative potency of individual oligonucleotides, and can generally be estimated based on EC 50 s found to be effective in in vitro and in vivo animal models.
  • dosage is from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, and may be given once or more daily, weekly, monthly or yearly, or even once every 2 to 20 years. Persons of ordinary skill in the art can easily estimate repetition rates for dosing based on measured residence times and concentrations of the drug in bodily fluids or tissues. Following successful treatment, it may be desirable to have the patient undergo maintenance therapy to prevent the recurrence of the disease state, wherein the oligonucleotide is administered in maintenance doses, ranging from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, once or more daily, to once every 20 years.
  • the antisense compounds used in accordance with this invention may be conveniently and routinely made through the well-known technique of solid phase synthesis.
  • Equipment for such synthesis is sold by several vendors including, for example, Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.). Any other means for such synthesis known in the art may additionally or alternatively be employed. It is well known to use similar techniques to prepare oligonucleotides such as the phosphorothioates and alkylated derivatives.
  • Oligonucleotides Unsubstituted and substituted phosphodiester (P ⁇ O) oligonucleotides are synthesized on an automated DNA synthesizer (Applied Biosystems model 394) using standard phosphoramidite chemistry with oxidation by iodine.
  • Phosphorothioates are synthesized similar to phosphodiester oligonucleotides with the following exceptions: thiation was effected by utilizing a 10% w/v solution of 3,H-1,2-benzodithiole-3-one 1,1-dioxide in acetonitrile for the oxidation of the phosphite linkages. The thiation reaction step time was increased to 180 sec and preceded by the normal capping step. After cleavage from the CPG column and deblocking in concentrated ammonium hydroxide at 55° C. (12-16 hr), the oligonucleotides were recovered by precipitating with >3 volumes of ethanol from a 1 M NH 4 OAc solution. Phosphinate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,270, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Phosphoramidite oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,775 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,878, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Alkylphosphonothioate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in published PCT applications PCT/US94/00902 and PCT/US93/06976 (published as WO 94/17093 and WO 94/02499, respectively), herein incorporated by reference.
  • 3′-Deoxy-3′-amino phosphoramidate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,476,925, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Borano phosphate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,130,302 and 5,177,198, both herein incorporated by reference.
  • Oligonucleosides Methylenemethylimino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MMI linked oligonucleosides, methylenedimethylhydrazo linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MDH linked oligonucleosides, and methylenecarbonylamino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-3 linked oligonucleosides, and methyleneaminocarbonyl linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-4 linked oligo-nucleosides, as well as mixed backbone compounds having, for instance, alternating MMI and P ⁇ O or P ⁇ S linkages are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,378,825, 5,386,023, 5,489,677, 5,602,240 and 5,610,289, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • Formacetal and thioformacetal linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,264,562 and 5,264,564, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Ethylene oxide linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,618, herein incorporated by reference.
  • RNA synthesis chemistry is based on the selective incorporation of various protecting groups at strategic intermediary reactions.
  • a useful class of protecting groups includes silyl ethers.
  • bulky silyl ethers are used to protect the 5′-hydroxyl in combination with an acid-labile orthoester protecting group on the 2′-hydroxyl.
  • This set of protecting groups is then used with standard solid-phase synthesis technology. It is important to lastly remove the acid labile orthoester protecting group after all other synthetic steps.
  • the early use of the silyl protecting groups during synthesis ensures facile removal when desired, without undesired deprotection of 2′ hydroxyl.
  • RNA oligonucleotides were synthesized.
  • RNA oligonucleotides are synthesized in a stepwise fashion. Each nucleotide is added sequentially (3′- to 5′-direction) to a solid support-bound oligonucleotide. The first nucleoside at the 3′-end of the chain is covalently attached to a solid support. The nucleotide precursor, a ribonucleoside phosphoramidite, and activator are added, coupling the second base onto the 5′-end of the first nucleoside. The support is washed and any unreacted 5′-hydroxyl groups are capped with acetic anhydride to yield 5′-acetyl moieties.
  • the linkage is then oxidized to the more stable and ultimately desired P(V) linkage.
  • the 5′-silyl group is cleaved with fluoride. The cycle is repeated for each subsequent nucleotide.
  • the methyl protecting groups on the phosphates are cleaved in 30 minutes utilizing 1 M disodium-2-carbamoyl-2-cyanoethylene-1,1-dithiolate trihydrate (S 2 Na 2 ) in DMF.
  • the deprotection solution is washed from the solid support-bound oligonucleotide using water.
  • the support is then treated with 40% methylamine in water for 10 minutes at 55° C. This releases the RNA oligonucleotides into solution, deprotects the exocyclic amines, and modifies the 2′-groups.
  • the oligonucleotides can be analyzed by anion exchange HPLC at this stage.
  • the 2′-orthoester groups are the last protecting groups to be removed.
  • the ethylene glycol monoacetate orthoester protecting group developed by Dharmacon Research, Inc. (Lafayette, Colo.), is one example of a useful orthoester protecting group which, has the following important properties. It is stable to the conditions of nucleoside phosphoramidite synthesis and oligonucleotide synthesis. However, after oligonucleotide synthesis the oligonucleotide is treated with methylamine which not only cleaves the oligonucleotide from the solid support but also removes the acetyl groups from the orthoesters.
  • the resulting 2-ethyl-hydroxyl substituents on the orthoester are less electron withdrawing than the acetylated precursor.
  • the modified orthoester becomes more labile to acid-catalyzed hydrolysis. Specifically, the rate of cleavage is approximately 10 times faster after the acetyl groups are removed. Therefore, this orthoester possesses sufficient stability in order to be compatible with oligonucleotide synthesis and yet, when subsequently modified, permits deprotection to be carried out under relatively mild aqueous conditions compatible with the final RNA oligonucleotide product.
  • RNA antisense compounds of the present invention can be synthesized by the methods herein or purchased from Dharmacon Research, Inc (Lafayette, Colo.). Once synthesized, complementary RNA antisense compounds can then be annealed by methods known in the art to form double stranded (duplexed) antisense compounds.
  • duplexes can be formed by combining 30 ⁇ l of each of the complementary strands of RNA oligonucleotides (50 uM RNA oligonucleotide solution) and 15 ⁇ l of 5 ⁇ annealing buffer (100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, 2 mM magnesium acetate) followed by heating for 1 minute at 90° C., then 1 hour at 37° C.
  • the resulting duplexed antisense compounds can be used in kits, assays, screens, or other methods to investigate the role of a target nucleic acid.
  • Chimeric oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides or mixed oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides of the invention can be of several different types. These include a first type wherein the “gap” segment of linked nucleosides is positioned between 5′ and 3′ “wing” segments of linked nucleosides and a second “open end” type wherein the “gap” segment is located at either the 3′ or the 5′ terminus of the oligomeric compound. Oligonucleotides of the first type are also known in the art as “gapmers” or gapped oligonucleotides. Oligonucleotides of the second type are also known in the art as “hemimers” or “wingmers”.
  • Chimeric oligonucleotides having 2′-O-alkyl phosphorothioate and 2′-deoxy phosphorothioate oligonucleotide segments are synthesized using an Applied Biosystems automated DNA synthesizer Model 394, as above. Oligonucleotides are synthesized using the automated synthesizer and 2′-deoxy-5′-dimethoxytrityl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for the DNA portion and 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for 5′ and 3′ wings.
  • the standard synthesis cycle is modified by incorporating coupling steps with increased reaction times for the 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite.
  • the fully protected oligonucleotide is cleaved from the support and deprotected in concentrated ammonia (NH 4 OH) for 12-16 hr at 55° C.
  • the deprotected oligo is then recovered by an appropriate method (precipitation, column chromatography, volume reduced in vacuo and analyzed spetrophotometrically for yield and for purity by capillary electrophoresis and by mass spectrometry.
  • [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)]-[2′-deoxy]-[2′-O-(methoxyethyl)]chimeric phosphorothioate oligonucleotides were prepared as per the procedure above for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide, with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites.
  • [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl phosphodiester]-[2′-deoxy phosphorothioate]-[2′-O-(methoxyethyl)phosphodiester]chimeric oligonucleotides are prepared as per the above procedure for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites, oxidation with iodine to generate the phosphodiester internucleotide linkages within the wing portions of the chimeric structures and sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3-one 1,1 dioxide (Beaucage Reagent) to generate the phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages for the center gap.
  • chimeric oligonucleotides chimeric oligonucleosides and mixed chimeric oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides are synthesized according to U.S. Pat. No. 5,623,065, herein incorporated by reference.
  • a series of nucleic acid duplexes comprising the antisense compounds of the present invention and their complements can be designed to target IGF-IR mRNA.
  • the nucleobase sequence of the antisense strand of the duplex comprises at least a portion of an oligonucleotide selected from SEQ ID NOs:1 through 76 and SEQ ID NO:100 through 136 shown in Table 1 including preferred ASO's ISIS 175308, 175302, 175314, 175307, 175317, 175323, 232744, 323747, 323767, 323762 and 323737.
  • the ends of the strands may be modified by the addition of one or more natural or modified nucleobases to form an overhang.
  • the sense strand of the dsRNA is then designed and synthesized as the complement of the antisense strand and may also contain modifications or additions to either terminus.
  • both strands of the dsRNA duplex would be complementary over the central nucleobases, each having overhangs at one or both termini.
  • duplex comprising an antisense strand having the sequence CGAGAGGCGGACGGGACCG and having a two-nucleobase overhang of deoxythymidine (dT) would have the following structure:
  • the tube is allowed to sit for 1 hour at 37° C. at which time the dsRNA duplexes are used in experimentation.
  • the final concentration of the dsRNA duplex is 20 uM.
  • This solution can be stored frozen ( ⁇ 20° C.) and freeze-thawed up to 5 times.
  • duplexed antisense compounds are evaluated for their ability to modulate IGF-IR gene expression.
  • duplexed antisense compounds of the invention When cells reached 80% confluency, they are treated with duplexed antisense compounds of the invention. For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells are washed once with 200 ⁇ L OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium (Gibco BRL) and then treated with 130 ⁇ L of OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 ⁇ g/mL LIPOFECTIN (Gibco BRL) and the desired duplex antisense compound at a final concentration of 200 nM. After 5 hours of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium. Cells are harvested 16 hours after treatment, at which time RNA is isolated and target reduction measured by RT-PCR.
  • OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium Gibco BRL
  • OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 ⁇ g/mL LIPOFECTIN Gibco BRL
  • the oligonucleotides or oligonucleosides are recovered by precipitation out of 1 M NH 4 OAc with >3 volumes of ethanol.
  • Synthesized oligonucleotides were analyzed by electrospray mass spectroscopy (molecular weight determination) and by capillary gel electrophoresis and judged to be at least 70% full length material.
  • the relative amounts of phosphorothioate and phosphodiester linkages obtained in the synthesis was determined by the ratio of correct molecular weight relative to the ⁇ 16 amu product (+/ ⁇ 32+/ ⁇ 48).
  • Oligonucleotides were synthesized via solid phase P(III) phosphoramidite chemistry on an automated synthesizer capable of assembling 96 sequences simultaneously in a 96-well format.
  • Phosphodiester internucleotide linkages were afforded by oxidation with aqueous iodine.
  • Phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages were generated by sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3-one 1,1 dioxide (Beaucage Reagent) in anhydrous acetonitrile.
  • Standard base-protected beta-cyanoethyl-diiso-propyl phosphoramidites were purchased from commercial vendors (e.g.
  • Oligonucleotides were cleaved from support and deprotected with concentrated NH 4 OH at elevated temperature (55-60° C.) for 12-16 hours and the released product then dried in vacuo. The dried product was then re-suspended in sterile water to afford a master plate from which all analytical and test plate samples are then diluted utilizing robotic pipettors.
  • the human transitional cell bladder carcinoma cell line T-24 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). T-24 cells were routinely cultured in complete McCoy's 5A basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% w/v fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence. Cells were seeded into 96-well plates (Falcon-Primaria #353872) at a density of 7000 cells/well for use in RT-PCR analysis.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • cells may be seeded onto 100 mm or other standard tissue culture plates and treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of medium and oligonucleotide.
  • the human lung carcinoma cell line A549 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). A549 cells were routinely cultured in DMEM basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • HEK Human embryonic keratinocytes
  • Clonetics Corporation Walkersville, Md.
  • HEKs were routinely maintained in Keratinocyte Growth Medium (Clonetics Corporation, Walkersville, Md.) formulated as recommended by the supplier.
  • Cells were routinely maintained for up to 10 passages as recommended by the supplier.
  • the positive control oligonucleotide is selected from either ISIS 13920 (TCCGTCATCGCTCCTCAGGG, SEQ ID NO:79) which is targeted to human H-ras, or ISIS 18078, (GTGCGCGCGAGCCCGAAATC, SEQ ID NO:80) which is targeted to human Jun-N-terminal kinase-2 (JNK2). Both controls are 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmers (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone.
  • the positive control oligonucleotide is ISIS 15770, ATGCATTCTGCCCCCAAGGA, SEQ ID NO:81, a 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmer (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone which is targeted to both mouse and rat c-raf.
  • concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 80% inhibition of c-H-ras (for ISIS 13920), JNK2 (for ISIS 18078) or c-raf (for ISIS 15770) mRNA is then utilized as the screening concentration for new oligonucleotides in subsequent experiments for that cell line.
  • the concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 60% inhibition of c-H-ras, JNK2 or c-raf mRNA is then utilized as the oligonucleotide screening concentration in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 60% inhibition is not achieved, that particular cell line is deemed as unsuitable for oligonucleotide transfection experiments.
  • concentrations of antisense oligonucleotides used herein are from 50 nM to 300 nM.
  • Antisense modulation of IGF-IR gene expression can be assayed in a variety of ways known in the art.
  • IGF-IR mRNA levels can be quantitated by, e.g., Northern blot analysis, competitive polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or real-time PCR(RT-PCR). Real-time quantitative PCR is presently preferred.
  • RNA analysis can be performed on total cellular RNA or poly(A)+ mRNA. The preferred method of RNA analysis of the present invention is the use of total cellular RNA as described in other examples herein. Methods of RNA isolation are well known in the art. Northern blot analysis is also routine in the art.
  • Phenotypic assays, kits and reagents for their use are well known to those skilled in the art and are herein used to investigate the role and/or association of IGF-IR in health and disease.
  • Representative phenotypic assays which can be purchased from any one of several commercial vendors, include those for determining cell viability, cytotoxicity, proliferation or cell survival (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; PerkinElmer, Boston, Mass.), protein-based assays including enzymatic assays (Panvera, LLC, Madison, Wis.; BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J.; Oncogene Research Products, San Diego, Calif.), cell regulation, signal transduction, inflammation, oxidative processes and apoptosis (Assay Designs Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.), triglyceride accumulation (Sigma-Aldrich, St.
  • cells determined to be appropriate for a particular phenotypic assay i.e., MCF-7 cells selected for breast cancer studies; adipocytes for obesity studies
  • IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors identified from the in vitro studies as well as control compounds at optimal concentrations which are determined by the methods described above.
  • treated and untreated cells are analyzed by one or more methods specific for the assay to determine phenotypic outcomes and endpoints.
  • Phenotypic endpoints include changes in cell morphology over time or treatment dose as well as changes in levels of cellular components such as proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, hormones, saccharides or metals. Measurements of cellular status which include pH, stage of the cell cycle, intake or excretion of biological indicators by the cell, are also endpoints of interest.
  • Analysis of the genotype of the cell (measurement of the expression of one or more of the genes of the cell) after treatment is also used as an indicator of the efficacy or potency of the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors.
  • Hallmark genes, or those genes suspected to be associated with a specific disease state, condition, or phenotype, are measured in both treated and untreated cells.
  • the individual subjects of the in vivo studies described herein are warm-blooded vertebrate animals, which includes humans.
  • Volunteers receive either the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor or placebo for eight week period with biological parameters associated with the indicated disease state or condition being measured at the beginning (baseline measurements before any treatment), end (after the final treatment), and at regular intervals during the study period.
  • Such measurements include the levels of nucleic acid molecules encoding IGF-IR or IGF-IR protein levels in body fluids, tissues or organs compared to pre-treatment levels.
  • Other measurements include, but are not limited to, indices of the disease state or condition being treated, body weight, blood pressure, serum titers of pharmacologic indicators of disease or toxicity as well as ADME (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion) measurements.
  • Information recorded for each patient includes age (years), gender, height (cm), family history of disease state or condition (yes/no), motivation rating (some/moderate/great) and number and type of previous treatment regimens for the indicated disease or condition.
  • Volunteers taking part in this study are healthy adults (age 18 to 65 years) and roughly an equal number of males and females participate in the study. Volunteers with certain characteristics are equally distributed for placebo and IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor treatment. In general, the volunteers treated with placebo have little or no response to treatment, whereas the volunteers treated with the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor show positive trends in their disease state or condition index at the conclusion of the study.
  • Poly(A)+ mRNA was isolated according to Miura et al. ( Clin. Chem. 42: 1758-1764, 1996). Other methods for poly(A)+ mRNA isolation are routine in the art. Briefly, for cells grown on 96-well plates, growth medium was removed from the cells and each well was washed with 200 ⁇ L cold PBS. 60 ⁇ L lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaCl, 0.5% NP-40, 20 mM vanadyl-ribonucleoside complex) was added to each well, the plate was gently agitated and then incubated at room temperature for five minutes.
  • lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaCl, 0.5% NP-40, 20 mM vanadyl-ribonucleoside complex
  • Cells grown on 100 mm or other standard plates may be treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of all solutions.
  • the repetitive pipetting and elution steps may be automated using a QIAGEN Bio-Robot 9604 (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia Calif.). Essentially, after lysing of the cells on the culture plate, the plate is transferred to the robot deck where the pipetting, DNase treatment and elution steps are carried out.
  • Quantitation of IGF-IR mRNA levels was accomplished by real-time quantitative PCR using the ABI PRISM (trademark) 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System (PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.) according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • ABI PRISM trademark
  • 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.
  • This is a closed-tube, non-gel-based, fluorescence detection system which allows high-throughput quantitation of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) products in real-time.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • oligonucleotide probe that anneals specifically between the forward and reverse PCR primers, and contains two fluorescent dyes.
  • a reporter dye e.g., FAM or JOE, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa
  • a quencher dye e.g., TAMRA, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa
  • reporter dye emission is quenched by the proximity of the 3′ quencher dye.
  • annealing of the probe to the target sequence creates a substrate that can be cleaved by the 5′-exonuclease activity of Taq polymerase.
  • cleavage of the probe by Taq polymerase releases the reporter dye from the remainder of the probe (and hence from the quencher moiety) and a sequence-specific fluorescent signal is generated.
  • primer-probe sets specific to the target gene being measured are evaluated for their ability to be “multiplexed” with a GAPDH amplification reaction.
  • multiplexing both the target gene and the internal standard gene GAPDH are amplified concurrently in a single sample.
  • mRNA isolated from untreated cells is serially diluted. Each dilution is amplified in the presence of primer-probe sets specific for GAPDH only, target gene only (“single-plexing”), or both (multiplexing).
  • standard curves of GAPDH and target mRNA signal as a function of dilution are generated from both the single-plexed and multiplexed samples.
  • the primer-probe set specific for that target is deemed multiplexable.
  • Other methods of PCR are also known in the art.
  • PCR reagents were obtained from Invitrogen Corporation, (Carlsbad, Calif.). RT-PCR reactions were carried out by adding 20 ⁇ L PCR cocktail (2.5 ⁇ PCR buffer minus MgCl 2 , 6.6 mM MgCl 2 , 375 ⁇ M each of dATP, dCTP, dCTP and dGTP, 375 nM each of forward primer and reverse primer, 125 nM of probe, 4 Units RNAse inhibitor, 1.25 Units PLATINUM (registered trademark) Taq, 5 Units MuLV reverse transcriptase, and 2.5 ⁇ ROX dye) to 96-well plates containing 30 ⁇ L total RNA solution (20-200 ng).
  • PCR cocktail 2.5 ⁇ PCR buffer minus MgCl 2 , 6.6 mM MgCl 2 , 375 ⁇ M each of dATP, dCTP, dCTP and dGTP, 375 nM each of forward primer and reverse primer, 125 nM of
  • the RT reaction was carried out by incubation for 30 minutes at 48° C. Following a 10 minute incubation at 95° C. to activate the PLATINUM (registered trademark) Taq, 40 cycles of a two-step PCR protocol were carried out: 95° C. for 15 seconds (denaturation) followed by 60° C. for 1.5 minutes (annealing/extension).
  • PLATINUM registered trademark
  • Gene target quantities obtained by real time RT-PCR are normalized using either the expression level of GAPDH, a gene whose expression is constant, or by quantifying total RNA using RiboGreen (trademark) (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.).
  • GAPDH expression is quantified by real time RT-PCR, by being run simultaneously with the target, multiplexing, or separately.
  • Total RNA is quantified using RiboGreen (trademark) RNA quantification reagent (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.). Methods of RNA quantification by RiboGreen (trademark) are taught in Jones et al. ( Analytical Biochemistry 265: 368-374, 1998).
  • RiboGreen (trademark) working reagent (RiboGreen (trademark) reagent diluted 1:350 in 10 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5) is pipetted into a 96-well plate containing 30 ⁇ L purified, cellular RNA.
  • the plate is read in a CytoFluor 4000 (PE Applied Biosystems) with excitation at 485 nm and emission at 530 nm.
  • Probes and primers to human IGF-IR were designed to hybridize to the IGF-IR nucleotide sequence, using published sequence information (GenBank accession number NM000875 ( FIGS. 2A and 2B ), incorporated herein as SEQ ID NO:76 or M69229 (SEQ ID NO:77) which is the 5′ untranslated of the IGF-IR gene sequence).
  • SEQ ID NO:76 or M69229 SEQ ID NO:77
  • forward primer (SEQ ID NO: 82-ISIS 161212) CCCTTTCTTTGCAGTTTTCCC; reverse primer: (SEQ ID NO: 83-161214) CGTCGTCGGCCTCCATT; and the PCR probe was: (SEQ ID NO: 84-ISIS 161215) FAM- CCTTCCTGCCTCTCCGGGTTTGA-TAMRA where FAM is the fluorescent dye and TAMRA is the quencher dye.
  • the PCR primers were:
  • RNAZOL trademark
  • Total RNA was prepared following manufacturer's recommended protocols. Twenty micrograms of total RNA was fractionated by electrophoresis through 1.2% w/v agarose gels containing 1.1% v/v formaldehyde using a MOPS buffer system (AMRESCO, Inc. Solon, Ohio).
  • STRATALINKER trademark
  • UV Crosslinker 2400 Stratagene, Inc, La Jolla, Calif.
  • QUICKHYB trademark
  • an IGF-IR specific probe was prepared by PCR using the forward primer for human IGF-IR CCCTTTCTTTGCAGTTTTCCC (SEQ ID NO:82—ISIS 161212) and the reverse primer for human IGF-IR reverse primer sequence CGTCGTCGGCCTCCATT (SEQ ID NO:83—ISIS 161214).
  • membranes were stripped and probed for human glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) RNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • GPDH glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • Hybridized membranes were visualized and quantitated using a PHOSPHORIMAGER (trademark) and IMAGEQUANT (trademark) Software V3.3 (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Data was normalized to GAPDH levels in untreated controls.
  • a series of antisense compounds were designed to target different regions of the human IGF-IR mRNA or the 5′ untranslated region, using published sequences set forth in accession No. NM000875 (SEQ ID NO:76) and M69229 (SEQ ID NO:77).
  • the compounds are shown in Table 1. “Target site” indicates the first (5′-most) nucleotide number on the particular target sequence to which the compound binds. All compounds in Table 1 are ASOs of either the 5′ untranslated region or the coding region of the IGF-IR.
  • the compounds were analyzed for their effect on human IGF-IR mRNA levels by quantitative real-time PCR as described in other examples herein (see FIG. 3 and Table 1). Data are averages from three experiments. The positive control for each datapoint is identified in the Table 1 by sequence ID number. If present, “N.D.” indicates “no data”.
  • exemplary lead compounds demonstrated at least some inhibition of IGF-IR expression in this assay and are therefore preferred.
  • preferred ASO's include ASO's ISIS 175308, 175302, 175314, 175307, 175317, 175323, 323744, 323747, 323767, 323762 and 323737.
  • the target regions to which these preferred sequences are complementary are herein referred to as “preferred target segments” and are therefore preferred for targeting by compounds of the present invention.
  • SEQ ID Nos 137 through 171 represent preferred target segments identified in IGF-IR.
  • the “Target site” in Table 1 indicates the first (5′-most) nucleotide number on the particular target nucleic acid to which the oligonucleotide binds.
  • antisense compounds include antisense oligomeric compounds, ASOs, ribozymes, external guide sequence (EGS) oligonucleotides, alternate splicers, primers, probes, and other short oligomeric compounds which hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid.
  • ASOs antisense oligomeric compounds
  • ribozymes ribozymes
  • EGS external guide sequence oligonucleotides
  • alternate splicers primers, probes
  • other short oligomeric compounds which hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid.
  • the purpose of this Example is to investigate the epidermal localization of ASOs with full phosphorothioate 2′-O-(2-methoxy)ethyl gapmer (2′ MOE gapmer) or C5-propynyl-dU,dC-phosphorothioate (C5-propyne) chemistry following topical application to psoriatic skin. Studies were performed on ex vivo psoriatic skin explants as shown in FIG. 1 , with confocal microscopy, direct fluorescence and immunohistochemistry used to detect ASO localization.
  • C5-propyne ASOs have been shown to accumulate in basal keratinocytes of human psoriatic (but not normal) skin following topical application (White et al., 2002, supra), presumably due to the compromised bather function of the stratum corneum in psoriasis.
  • a phosphorothioate ASO was shown to accumulate in the basal keratinocytes of normal human skin when formulated in a cream (Mehta et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 115: 805-812, 2000).
  • a phosphorothioate-phosphodiester hybrid ASO in distilled water failed to accumulate in basal keratinocytes following topical application to human skin despite appearing to cross the stratum corneum and accumulating in the cytoplasm of keratinocytes in the upper layers of the epidermis (Wingens et al., Lab Invest. 79: 1415-1424, 1999).
  • the present Example investigated the localization of 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs in human psoriatic skin following topical application.
  • oligonucleotides employed are listed in Table 4.
  • Psoriatic skin biopsies were collected from volunteers. Up to three 8 mm, full thickness, punch biopsies were collected from each volunteer by a dermatologist. The area from which biopsy is taken was not cleaned or disinfected prior to biopsy collection. Biopsies were immediately placed on gauze (wetted with PBS) and stored on ice until used ( ⁇ 2 hrs).
  • the severity of psoriasis in the biopsies was scored using the PRS (parameter rating scale) component of the PASI (psoriasis area severity index) score (Fredriksson et al., Dermatologica 157: 238-244, 1978).
  • PRS parameter rating scale
  • PASI psoriasis area severity index
  • FITC-ASO 24 hrs after application of FITC-ASOs, biopsies were removed from culture dishes and placed on coverslips, stratum corneum down, and a drop of PBS was placed on the exposed dermis to keep it moist. Live confocal microscopy was then performed as described previously (White et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 112: 887-892, 1999; White et al., 2002, supra). In summary, topical application of FITC-ASO was assessed with excitation at 488 nm (argon ion laser) and detection at 515 nm. The instrument used was an IX70 Olympus inverted microscope (Olympus Australia, Melbourne, Australia) attached to an Optiscan f900e confocal system (Optiscan Pty, Melbourne, Australia).
  • biopsies were fixed for 24 hrs in 4% paraformaldehyde (4° C.) followed by 48 hrs in 0.5 M sucrose (4° C.). Biopsies were then submerged in graded ethanol (70%, 80%, 90% and 2 ⁇ 100% each for 90 min) followed by 2 ⁇ 90 min in limonene and 2 ⁇ 90 min in paraffin wax (65° C.) using a tissue processor (Shandon Citadel 1000, Shandon Inc, Pittsburgh, USA). Following processing, biopsies were embedded in paraffin (Shandon Histocentre 2, Shandon Inc) and stored at room temperature until required.
  • Sections (5 ⁇ m) from each psoriatic skin biopsy were de-waxed by immersion in limonene for 2 ⁇ 5 min followed by consecutive 5 min washes in graded ethanol (100%, 90%, 80%, 70% and 50%) and 5 min in water. Sections were than stained with Harris' haematoxylin (stains cell nuclei blue) and eosin (stains cytoplasm and other tissue structures pink) before being washed in ethanol (2 ⁇ 15 sec) and limonene (2 ⁇ 15 sec). Sections were then cover-slipped with DPX mounting media (BDH Laboratory Supplies, Poole, England).
  • the 2E1-B5 antibody is a mouse IgG1 that recognizes TGC and GC motifs in phosphorothioate oligonucleotides (Mehta et al., 2000, supra).
  • Sections were incubated in 1% v/v H 2 O 2 in methanol for 30 min to quench endogenous peroxidase activity, washed with PBS and incubated for 10 min in DAKO (registered trademark) ready-to-use proteinase K (DAKO corporation, Carpenteria, USA). Sections were blocked with 1% w/v BSA/20 ug/ml sheep IgG in PBS for 20 min before a 45 min incubation with the 2E1 primary antibody (1/4000 dilution). Sections were again washed with PBS and the primary antibody detected using the Vectastain (registered trademark) Elite mouse ABC kit (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, USA).
  • the Vectastain (registered trademark) Elite mouse ABC kit uses a secondary biotinylated anti-mouse IgG that is then detected with an avidin and biotinylated horseradish peroxidase complex. DAB was used as the substrate such that antibody localization was indicated by a brown coloration.
  • confocal images With the exception of confocal images (see ‘Live confocal microscopy’ in this section), all images were captured using a Sony DXC-950P colour digital camera (Sony, Tokyo, Japan) attached to a Nikon E600 microscope (Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan) and controlled by a MCID M4 imaging system (Imaging Research Inc, St Catharines, Canada). Fluorescence excitation was provided by a Nikon HB-10103AF high-pressure mercury lamp power supply (Nikon Corporation) and viewed through an appropriate bather filter.
  • Psoriatic skin was collected from the abdomen, thigh, back, buttocks, shin, elbow or hips of volunteers. Up to three biopsies were taken from each individual and biopsies from each individual were allocated to separate experimental groups.
  • the severity of psoriasis, as determined using the PRS, was 6.8 ⁇ 1.7 (mean ⁇ SD, n 42) with a range from 3 to 9.
  • biopsies Under histological examination, all biopsies appeared psoriatic although there was considerable variation in morphology between biopsies. In addition to variations in the severity of psoriasis, the observed variation may be due to the different body locations from which the biopsies were taken. A thickened basal keratinocyte layer was visible in all biopsies, and in many (but not all) biopsies, elongated rete ridges and cell nuclei in the stratum corneum (parakeratosis) were apparent. Cells resembling invading leukocytes were seen in the dermis of most biopsies.
  • Direct fluorescence microscopy showed both the 2′ MOE gapmer ASO and the C5-propyne ASO in the epidermis of psoriatic skin lesions, with fluorescence clearly present in nuclei of basal keratinocytes. Fluorescence can also be seen in nuclei of cells that appear to be invading leukocytes located in the dermis. There was no apparent difference in the pattern of fluorescence produced by the 2′ MOE gapmer and C5-propyne ASOs following topical application.
  • 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs in cream showed an epidermal distribution comparable to that see for 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs formulated in 5% w/v methylcellulose, with no apparent difference in epidermal localization of fluorescence.
  • FITC-ASO contained as a 0.1% spike in a 5% total ASO formulation could be detected by direct fluorescence microscopy and/or confocal microscopy.
  • 2′ MOE FITC-ASO ISIS 251741 (0.1% w/w) mixed with the non-FITC 2′ MOE ISIS 13920 (4.9% w/w) in cream was applied to psoriatic skin biopsies for this purpose.
  • Direct fluorescence and confocal microscopy images from samples treated with a 5% 2′ MOE containing a 0.1% FITC-ASO spike showed fluorescence in basal keratinocytes.
  • the increased concentration of ASO did not appear to alter the epidermal localization of fluorescence produced by the FITC-ASO, with localization similar to that observed following the application of 0.1% FITC-ASO alone.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides that target IGF-IR mRNA are proposed to be effective new therapeutic agents to reduce inflammatory and/or proliferative disorders.
  • the purpose of this Example is to benchmark three preferred IGF-IR ASOs with full phosphorothioate “5-10-5,” 2′ MOE gapmer chemistry against DT1064 (SEQ ID NO:78), a 15 mer C5-propynyl-dU,dC-phosphorothioate ASO. All C's and U's in DT1064 are subjected to C5 propynylation. Studies were performed in a human keratinocyte transfection system, with IGF-IR mRNA and protein levels and cell proliferation as end-points.
  • ASO 175317 is one 2′ MOE gapmer ASO particularly useful for therapeutic trials.
  • the three “5-10-5,” 2′ MOE gapmers, phosphorothioate leads showed concentration-dependent inhibition of IGF-IR mRNA in A549 cells (human lung epithelial cells) as assessed by real-time PCR FIG. 3 .
  • the three leads were assessed for activity in a human keratinocyte skin cell transfection system.
  • Spontaneously immortalized human keratinocyte cell line HaCaT (Boukamp et al., 1988, supra) were used in this study.
  • Cells were maintained as monolayer cultures in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% w/v foetal calf serum (FCS) at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO 2 .
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • FCS foetal calf serum
  • HaCaT keratinocytes (passage number 44 to 47) were seeded into the wells of 96-well (real-time PCR),24-well (cell proliferation) or 12-well (immunoblot or apoptosis) plates. 85-95% confluent cells were treated with the liposome preparation, Cytofectin GSV (GSV; Glen Research, Sterling Va., USA) alone, or complexed with antisense or control oligonucleotides. Untreated cells were also studied (untreated control). Each antisense or control oligonucleotide was diluted in serum-free DMEM to 20 ⁇ the desired final concentration and mixed with an equal volume of GSV (40 ⁇ g/ml).
  • Lipid/oligonucleotide mixtures were allowed to complex at room temperature for 10 mins then diluted ten-fold with DMEM containing 10% w/v FCS. Cells were transfected with final concentrations of 6.25, 25, 100 or 400 nM oligonucleotide and 2 ⁇ g/ml GSV. Transfections were performed in duplicate wells, while untreated and GSV-treated cells were run in four replicate wells.
  • cell monolayers were washed with PBS, then lysed in a buffer containing 50 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM MgCl 2 , 10% v/v glycerol, 1% v/v Triton X-100,100 ug/ml aprotinin.
  • the total protein concentration of the lysates was assayed with the BCA Protein Assay kit (Pierce; Rockford, Ill., USA) which uses BSA as the protein standard.
  • Cells were grown to 40% confluence in 24-well plates and transfected every 24 h for up to 3 days. Cell number was determined at 0, 24, 48 and 72 h using an amido black binding protocol in which binding of amido black to cellular protein (quantitated spectrophotometrically) correlates with cell number (Schultz et al., J. Immunol. Methods 167: 1-13, 1994).
  • cell monolayers were fixed with 1% v/v glutaraldehyde in PBS then stained with 0.1% w/v amido black in Na acetate at pH 3.5 for 30 mM After a single wash in acidic H 2 O, the protein-bound dye was eluted with NaOH (50 mM) and the absorbance of the eluate monitored at 620 nm. Data are expressed relative to the signal determined for GSV-treated cells at 0 h.
  • FIG. 4 shows the IGF-IR real-time PCR data for HaCaT keratinocytes treated with C5-propynes or 2′ MOE gapmers. The results were similar whether cells were transfected once ( FIG. 4A ), or twice ( FIG. 4B ). IGF-IR mRNA levels were lower in cells transfected with DT1064, in keeping with levels reported previously using RNase protection assays [Fogarty et al, 2002, supra]. All three lead ASOs also caused knockdown of IGF-IR mRNA. Furthermore, knockdown of the IGF-IR mRNA was similar for the three ASO leads and DT1064. For example, in FIG. 4A , at 100 nM ASO, the average reduction in mRNA was 68%, 77%, 75% and 78% for ASO 175314, ASO 175317, ASO 175323 and DT1064, respectively.
  • FIG. 5A shows a representative IGF-I receptor western immunoblot of HaCaT cells transfected with C5 propynes or 2′ MOE gapmers.
  • the IGF-IR protein ( ⁇ chain) appears as a single band of molecular weight 110 kD.
  • transfection of HaCaT cells with DT1064 provided apparent maximal reduction of 75% when cells were treated at a concentration of 100 nM, while IGF-IR protein levels with ISIS 175317 was approximately 60%.
  • the knockdown of IGF-IR protein associated with each of the ASOs is expressed as a percentage of its appropriate control. This show that the ability of the ASOs to knockdown target protein is comparable to that of DT1064 (see Table 3).
  • Biopsies were maintained for 24 hrs as described previously (Russo et al., Endocrinology 135: 1437-1446, 1994; White et al., 2002, supra). Briefly, subcutaneous fat was removed from the biopsies before they were placed, dermis down, on a BACTO (trademark) agar plug (Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, USA) formed in the middle of a triangular stainless steel mesh. The steel mesh was designed to fit the centre well of a 60 mm FALCON (registered trademark) centre-well organ culture dish (Becton Dickinson) so that the agar plug was suspended over the centre well.
  • BACTO trademark
  • agar plug Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, USA
  • FIG. 1 shows the tissue apparatus arrangement.
  • Both detection methods show a remarkably similar distribution of ASO. Both methods show accumulation of ASO in basal keratinocytes, exclusion of ASO from the nuclei of most keratinocytes of the stratum granulosum, and ASO in the nuclei of cells that appear to be invading leukocytes located in the dermis. Accumulation of ASO in the stratum corneum is apparent using both detection methods.
  • biopsies were treated with an ASO mixture containing the non-FITC-ASO ISIS 13920 (detectable by immunohistochemistry but not direct fluorescence) and the FITC-ASO ISIS 147979 (detectable by direct fluorescence but not immunohistochemistry). Comparison of serial sections from tissues treated with this mixture showed no apparent difference between the localization of the two ASOs. This data indicates that in psoriatic skin biopsies, an FITC tag on an ASO does not alter epidermal localization.
  • Lyophilized ASOs were resuspended in sterile, distilled water and the concentration of ASO determined by its optical density at 260 nm before formulation in either a 5% w/v methylcellulose gel or in a cream (Isis Pharmaceuticals).
  • the cream contained:
  • ASOs were dried (DNA Mini vacuum drier, Medos company, Melbourne, Australia) and then dissolved in an appropriate amount of cream to give the desired final concentration.
  • ASO formulations were applied to at least four biopsies from different individuals.
  • the ASO formulations and controls used were:
  • This Example shows the benchmarking of human IGF-IR identified in a primary screen against IGF-IR ASO (ISIS 175317) and DT1064 in HaCaT Keratinocytes.
  • IGF-IR mRNA levels were measured by real-time PCR after overnight transfection of HaCaT keratinocytes with IGF-IR ASOs and control oligonucleotides. The results show that the four new leads, as well as ISIS 175317 and DT1064, potently inhibited IGF-IR mRNA levels in a concentration-dependent and sequence-specific manner. Relative to HaCaT cells treated with the transfection reagent alone, none of the four recently-identified IGF-IR ASOs suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels with any greater potency or efficacy than ISIS 175317.
  • each oligonucleotide was confirmed by its UV absorbance at 260 nm prior to use.
  • HaCaT keratinocytes were maintained as monolayer cultures in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% v/v foetal calf serum (FCS) at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO 2 /95% v/v O 2 .
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • FCS foetal calf serum
  • HaCaT keratinocytes [passage number 62 and 63 ( FIG. 8) and 45 ( FIG. 10 )] were seeded into the wells of 96-well plates. 85-95% confluent cells were treated with the liposome preparation, Cytofectin GSV alone, or complexed with antisense or control oligonucleotides for 20 h. Untreated cells were also studied (untreated control). Each antisense or control oligonucleotide (20 ⁇ final concentration) in serum-free DMEM was mixed with an equal volume of GSV (20 ⁇ final concentration; 40 ⁇ g/ml).
  • Lipid/oligonucleotide mixtures were allowed to complex at room temperature for 10-15 min then diluted ten-fold with DMEM containing 10% v/v FCS. Cells were transfected with oligonucleotide (final concentration range, 0.4 to 200 nM) and 2 ⁇ g/ml GSV. Transfections were performed in duplicate wells, while untreated and GSV-treated cells were run in four and six replicate wells, respectively.
  • IGF-IR mRNA levels were initially studied at concentrations of 6, 13, 25, 50, 100 and 200 nM. These concentrations were chosen because they covered a range that would allow a comparison of data with previous in vitro benchmarking experiments using 2′MOE gapmers in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • FIG. 8 shows the IGF-I receptor mRNA levels for two experiments in which HaCaT keratinocytes were transfected with 2′ MOE gapmers (ISIS 175317, ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767, ISIS 129691 or ISIS 306064) or C5-proynes oligonucleotides (DT1064 or 6416).
  • 2′ MOE gapmers ISIS 175317, ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767, ISIS 129691 or ISIS 306064
  • C5-proynes oligonucleotides DT1064 or 6416
  • IGF-IR mRNA levels for the two 2′MOE gapmer control oligonucleotides were similar to the levels of the GSV-treated cells, indicating that the effect of the 2′MOE gapmer ASOs on IGF-IR mRNA levels was sequence-specific ( FIG. 8 ).
  • the effect of DT1064 on IGF-IR suppression was maximal at 77% at 100 nM.
  • transfection of HaCaT cells with the C-5 propyne mismatch control oligonucleotide (6416) also suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels by up to 46% at the same concentration. This is consistent with previous data.
  • FIG. 10 shows IGF-IR
  • ISIS IGF-IR ASO leads 2' MOE gapmer IGF-IR mRNA levels IGF-1R ASO (% cytofectin GSV-treated cells) ISIS 323762 23.1 ISIS 323767 24.3 ISIS 175317 26.8 ISIS 323737 27.5 ISIS 323744 29.5 Calculated from maximum efficacy IGF-IR mRNA levels (% of cytofectin GSV -treated cells) reported in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 11 shows the concentration-response curves for the IGF-IR targeted 2′MOE ASOs (same data as FIG. 10 ). With the possible exception of ISIS 323767, these data indicate similar potencies of ISIS 175317 and the 2′MOE gapmers. This is reflected in the EC 50 calculated from the concentration-response curves and listed in Table 7. The EC 50 for DT1064 was 3.2 nM (C.I. 2.1-4.7). It is important to note that the EC 50 values presented in Table 7 were calculated from a single experiment and are given as an estimate only. Additional concentration-response experiments would be required to give a more accurate estimate of the EC 50 values for the ASOs.
  • IGF-IR ASO Details of the IGF-IR ASO used in this Example are provided in Table 5.
  • the underline nucleotides are 2′MOE modifications. All cytosine bases are methylated.
  • ISIS 175317 CGAAG GAAACAA phosphorothioate SEQ ID TAC TCCGA throughout NO: 125
  • ISIS 175317 SEQ ID NO: 125 was manufactured to research-grade quality by Isis Pharmaceuticals, California, USA.
  • Psoriatic skin biopsies were collected from eleven volunteers under ethical conditions (Protocol 22023A of the Royal Children's Hospital Ethics in Human Research Committee, Melbourne, Australia). Three 8 mm, full thickness, punch biopsies were collected from the same lesion in each volunteer by a dermatologist. The area from which the biopsies were taken was not cleaned or disinfected prior to biopsy collection. Biopsies were immediately pleated on guaze (wet with PBS) and stored on ice until used ( ⁇ 2 h).
  • the severity of psoriasis in the biopsies was scored using the PRS (parameter rating scale) component of the PASI (psoriasis area severity index) score (Fredriksson et al., 1978 supra).
  • PRS parameter rating scale
  • PASI psoriasis area severity index
  • Biopsies were maintained for 24 h as previously described (Russo et al., 1994 supra; White et al., 2002 supra). Briefly, subcutaneous fat was removed from the biopsies and they were then placed, dermis down, on a BACTOTM agar plug (Becton Dickinson, Franlin Lakes, USA) formed in the middle of a triangular stainless steel mesh. The steel mesh was designed to fit the center well of a 60 mm FALCON (Reg. Trademark) center-well organ culture dish (Becton Dickinson) so that the agar plug was suspended over the center well.
  • BACTOTM agar plug Becton Dickinson, Franlin Lakes, USA
  • the center well was filled with Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium (containing 10$ v/v foetal calf serum, 50 IU/ml penicillin, 50 ug/ml streptomycin) to the level of the agar plug and the outer well was filled with PBS to maintain humidity. Biopsies were incubated at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO 2 .
  • the tissue apparatus arrangement is shown in FIG. 1 .
  • Lyophilised ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) was resuspended in sterile distilled water and the concentration of the solution was determined by its optical density at 260 nm.
  • ASO's were dried (DNA Mini vacuum drier, Medos Company, Melbourne, Australia) then dissolved in an appropriate amount of cream (Isis Pharmaceuticals, USA) to give a final concentration of 10% w/w.
  • the cream contained:
  • biopsies were collected from each volunteer.
  • One of the biopsies was treated with vehicle (Isis cream) and the other two with 10% ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) in the cream.
  • This treatment regimen allows paired (vehicle-treated biopsy paired to the average of the two ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies) analysis of the data, and control for possible confounding effects caused by inter-subject variations in IGF-IR mRNA levels.
  • Two biopsies from each patient were treated with ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) to increase the likelihood of detecting any drug effect.
  • tissue samples were incubated in 0.5 M EDTA (pH 7.4) at 60° C. for 90 sec to disrupt the epidermal-dermal junction and allow separation of the epidermis and dermis by blunt dissection (Dusserre et al., 1992 supra).
  • the separated epidermis and dermis were snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 70° C. until the RNA was extracted.
  • RNA samples were mechanically crushed in a stainless steel mortar and pestle that had been chilled in liquid nitrogen.
  • Total RNA was extracted using a Rneasy (Reg. Trademark) Mini kit (Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA).
  • Total RNA (100 to 700 ng) was reverse transcribed using the GeneAmp RNA PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA), according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the amount of starting RNA was matched as closely as practicable for each set of biopsies and all samples were reverse-transcribed in the same reaction.
  • Semi-quantitative real-time PCR was used to determine the amount of IGF-IR mRNA in biopsies relative to 18S RNA.
  • Pre-developed reagents for human IGF-IR (Applied Biosystems, product no. 4319442F) and 18S (product no. 4319413E) containing primers and TaqMan (Reg. Trademark) fluorescent probes were used in a multiplex PCR reaction to simultaneously amplify both products in each sample. Each sample was assayed in duplicate. An ABI Prism-7700 sequence detector (Applied Biosystems) was used for the analysis. IGF-IR mRNA levels were normalised to 18S.
  • RNA samples were mechanically crushed in a stainless steel mortar and pestle that had been chilled in liquid nitrogen.
  • Total RNA was extracted using a Rneasy (Reg. Trademark) Mini kit (Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA).
  • Total RNA 100 to 700 ng was reverse transcribed using the GeneAmp (Reg. Trademark) RNA PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA), according to the manufacturer's instructions. The amount of starting RNA was matched as closely as practicable for each set of biopsies and all samples were reverse-transcribed in the same reaction.
  • biopsies from each individual were paired.
  • Each vehicle-treated biopsy was paired to the average of the two ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies.
  • FIGS. 12 to 14 The results are shown in FIGS. 12 to 14 and clearly demonstrate the efficacy of the ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) ASO in the cream to reduce IGF-IR and RNA in normal epidermis, dermis and psoriatic epidermis.
  • the results in FIG. 14 clearly demonstrate the specificity of this ASO for IGF-IR.

Abstract

The present invention provides compositions and methods for modulating the expression of growth factor gene. In particular, this invention relates to compounds, particularly oligonucleotide compounds, which, in preferred embodiments, hybridize with nucleic acid molecules encoding the Insulin Like Growth Factor I receptor (IGF-I receptor or IGF-IR) and in particular human IGF-IR. Such compounds are exemplified herein to modulate proliferation which is relevant to the treatment of proliferative and inflammatory skin disorders and cancer. It will be understood, however, that the compounds can be used for any other condition in which the IGF-IR is involved including inflammatory condition.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/342,025, entitled MODULATION OF INSULIN LIKE GROWTH FACTOR I RECEPTOR EXPRESSION, filed on Dec. 22, 2008; which is a continuation application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/545,354, entitled MODULATION OF INSULIN LIKE GROWTH FACTOR I RECEPTOR EXPRESSION, filed on Aug. 11, 2005; which claims priority to PCT/AU2004/000160, entitled MODULATION OF INSULIN LIKE GROWTH FACTOR I RECEPTOR EXPRESSION, filed on Feb. 11, 2004; which claims priority to Australian Application No. AU 2003902610, entitled MODULATION OF INSULIN LIKE GROWTH FACTOR I RECEPTOR EXPRESSION, filed on May 27, 2003; which claims priority to Australian Application No. AU2003900609, entitled MODULATION OF INSULIN LIKE GROWTH FACTOR I RECEPTOR EXPRESSION, filed on Feb. 11, 2003; all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
    • SUBMISSION OF SEQUENCE LISTING AS ASCII TEXT FILE
  • The content of the following submission on ASCII text file is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety: a computer readable form (CRF) of the Sequence Listing (file name: 229752003810SeqList.txt, date recorded: Jun. 11, 2012, size: 48 KB).
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides compositions and methods for modulating the expression of a growth factor receptor gene. In particular, this invention relates to compounds, particularly oligonucleotide compounds, which, in preferred embodiments, hybridize with nucleic acid molecules encoding the Insulin Like Growth Factor I receptor (IGF-I receptor or IGF-IR). Such compounds are exemplified herein to modulate proliferation which is relevant to the treatment of proliferative and inflammatory skin disorders and cancer. It will be understood, however, that the compounds can be used for any other condition in which the IGF-IR is involved including inflammatory conditions.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Bibliographic details of the publications referred to by author in this specification are collected at the end of the description.
  • Reference to any prior art in this specification is not, and should not be taken as, an acknowledgment or any form of suggestion that this prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in any country.
  • Psoriasis and other similar conditions are common and often distressing proliferative and/or inflammatory skin disorders affecting or having the potential to affect a significant proportion of the population. The condition arises from over proliferation of basal keratinocytes in the epidermal layer of the skin associated with inflammation in the underlying dermis. Whilst a range of treatments have been developed, none is completely effective and free of adverse side effects. Although the underlying cause of psoriasis remains elusive, there is some consensus of opinion that the condition arises at least in part from over expression of local growth factors and their interaction with their receptors supporting keratinocyte proliferation via keratinocyte receptors which appear to be more abundant during psoriasis.
  • One important group of growth factors are the dermally-derived insulin-like growth factors (IGFs) which support keratinocyte proliferation. In particular, IGF-I and IGF-2 are ubiquitous polypeptides each with potent mitogenic effects on a broad range of cells. Molecules of the IGF type are also known as “progression factors” promoting “competent” cells through DNA synthesis. The IGFs act through a common receptor known as the Type I receptor or IGF-IR, which is tyrosine kinase linked. They are synthesized in mesenchymal tissues, including the dermis, and act on adjacent cells of mesodermal, endodermal or ectodermal origin. The regulation of their synthesis involves growth hormone (GH) in the liver, but is poorly defined in most tissues (Sara, Physiological Reviews 70: 591-614, 1990).
  • Particular proteins, referred to as IGF binding proteins (IGFBPs), appear to be involved in autocrine/paracrine regulation of tissue IGF availability (Rechler and Brown, Growth Regulation 2: 55-68, 1992). Six IGFBPs have so far been identified. The exact effects of the IGFBPs is not clear and observed effects in vitro have been inhibitory or stimulatory depending on the experimental method employed (Clemmons, Growth Regn. 2:80, 1992). There is some evidence, however, that certain IGFBPs are involved in targeting IGF-I to its cell surface receptor.
  • Skin, comprising epidermis and underlying dermis, has GH receptors on dermal fibroblasts (Oakes et al., J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 73: 1368-1373, 1992). Fibroblasts synthesize IGF-1 as well as IGFBPs-3, -4, -5 and -6 (Camacho-Hubner et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267: 11949-11956, 1992) which may be involved in targeting IGF-1 to adjacent cells as well as to the overlaying epidermis. The major epidermal cell type, the keratinocyte, does not synthesize IGF-I, but possesses IGF-I receptors and is responsive to IGF-I (Neely et al., J. Inv. Derm. 96: 104, 1991).
  • In the last decade, there have been many reports of the use of antisense oligonucleotides to explore gene function and in the development of nucleic acid based drugs. Antisense oligonucleotides inhibit mRNA translation via a number of alternative ways including destruction of the target mRNA through RNaseH recruitment, or interference with RNA processing, nuclear export, folding or ribosome scanning. More recently, a better understanding of intracellular sites of action of the various antisense modalities and improvements in oligonucleotide chemistry have increased the number of reports of validated expression inhibition.
  • In work leading up to the present invention, the inventors focused on the use of the antisense approach to inhibit the growth of human epidermal keratinocytes, particularly in human epidermal growth disorders such as psoriasis. Psoriasis is a common and disfiguring skin condition associated with severe epidermal hyperplasia. Existing psoriasis therapies are only partially effective, however, treatments targeting the epidermis have shown promise (Jensen et al., Br. J. Dermatol. 139: 984-991, 1998; van de Kerkhof, Skin Pharmacol. Appl. Skin Physiol. 11: 2-10, 1998). One strategy is to develop antisense inhibitors of IGF-IR expression and to use these to block IGF-1-stimulated cell division and survival in the epidermis.
  • The IGF-IR is a tyrosine kinase linked cell surface receptor (Ullrich et al., EMBO J. 5: 2503-2512, 1986) that regulates cell division, transformation and apoptosis in many cell types (LeRoith et al., Endocr. Rev. 16: 143-163, 1995; Rubin and Baserga, Laboratory Investigation 73: 311-331, 1995). Human epidermal keratinocytes are highly responsive to IGF-IR activation (Ristow and Messmer, J. Cell Physiol. 137: 277-284, 1988; Neely et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 96: 104-110, 1991; Wraight et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 103: 627-631, 1994) and several studies point to an important role for IGF-IR activation in the pathogenesis of psoriasis (Krane et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 96: 419-424, 1991; Krane et al., J. Exp. Med. 175: 1081-1090, 1992; Ristow, Growth Regul. 3: 129-137, 1993; Hodak et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 106: 564-570, 1996; Xu et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 106: 109-112, 1996; Ristow, Dermatology 195: 213-219, 1997; Wraight et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 108: 452-456, 1997). The IGF-IR has been targeted previously by antisense approaches in fibroblasts, haemopoietic cells and glioblastoma cells to investigate its role in transformation and cell cycle progression (Pietrzkowski et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 12: 3883-3889, 1992; Porcu et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 12: 5069-5077, 1992; Reiss et al., Oncogene 7: 2243-2248, 1992; Resnicoff et al., Cancer Res. 54: 2218-2222, 1994).
  • The identification of propynylated phosphorothioate oligonucleotides have been reported which are capable of reducing IGF-IR mRNA levels when efficiently delivered to the keratinocyte nucleus (White et al., Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10: 195-203, 2000; Wraight et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 18: 521-526, 2000). These oligonucleotides were also effective at reducing IGF-I binding, receptor activation and cell proliferation in vitro and epidermal proliferation in vivo (Wraight et al., 2000, supra).
  • Propyne-modified phosphorothioate oligonucleotides were selected (Flanagan et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 14: 1139-1145, 1996b; Flanagan and Wagner, Mol. Cell. Biochem. 172: 213-225, 1997) because their increased affinity for target mRNA allows mRNA inhibition with lower concentrations (Wagner et al., 1993, supra) and shorter oligonucleotide length (Flanagan et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 2936-2941, 1996a) than unmodified phosphorothioates, theoretically reducing the incidence of aptameric effects on target cells.
  • Whilst success has been demonstrated with the propyne-modified phosphorothioate oligonucleotides, alternative chemistries need to be considered to reduce toxicity, increase stability, increase specificity profile, improve penetration and/or to enhance potency and biological, chemical or physical properties. Oligonucleotides of alternative chemistries can also provide other advantages including known large scale manufacture, human clinical development knowhow, and/or known approval as drugs.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the word “comprise”, or variations such as “comprises” or “comprising”, will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated element or integer or group of elements or integers but not the exclusion of any other element or integer or group of elements or integers.
  • Nucleotide and amino acid sequences are referred to by a sequence identifier number (SEQ ID NO:). The SEQ ID NOs: correspond numerically to the sequence identifiers <400>1 (SEQ ID NO:1), <400>2 (SEQ ID NO:2), etc. A summary of the sequence identifiers is provided in Table 1. A sequence listing is provided after the claims.
  • The present invention is directed to compounds, especially nucleic acid and nucleic acid-like oligomers, which are targeted to a nucleic acid encoding a growth factor receptor and in particular Insulin Like Growth Factor I Receptor (IGF-IR), and even more particularly human IGF-IR and which modulate the expression of IGF-IR. Pharmaceutical and other compositions comprising the compounds of the invention are also provided. Further provided are methods of screening for modulators of IGF-IR gene expression and methods of modulating the expression of the IGF-IR gene in cells, tissues or animals comprising contacting said cells, tissues or animals with one or more of the compounds or compositions of the invention. Methods of treating an animal, particularly a human, suspected of having or being prone to a disease or condition associated with expression of IGF-IR or its ligand, IGF-I, are also set forth herein. Such methods comprise administering a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of one or more of the compounds or compositions of the invention to the person in need of treatment.
  • The preferred compounds of the present invention are referred to herein as antisense oligonucleotides or ASOs. The ASOs referred to in the subject specification are listed in Table 1. The ASOs are identified by an “ISIS” number as well as a SEQ ID number.
  • One group of particularly preferred ASOs include ISIS 175308 (SEQ ID NO:116), ISIS 175302 (SEQ ID NO:110), ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:122), ISIS 175307 (SEQ ID NO:115), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:131).
  • Another group of particularly preferred ASOs include ISIS 323744 (SEQ ID NO:50), ISIS 323747 (SEQ ID NO:53), ISIS 323767 (SEQ ID NO:73), ISIS 323762 (SEQ ID NO:68) and ISIS 323737 (SEQ ID NO:43).
  • An even more particularly preferred ASO is ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125).
  • TABLE 1
    Summary of nucleic acid molecules
    TARGET SEQ TARGET % SEQ ID
    ISIS # REGION ID NO SITE SEQUENCE/DESCRIPTION INHIB NO
    323695 5′UTR NM_000875.2 25 CCTTTTATTTGGGATGAAAT 50 1
    323696 Start Codon NM_000875.2 37 CCAGACTTCATTCCTTTTAT 44 2
    323697 Coding NM_000875.2 157 TGATAGTCGTTGCGGATGTC 73 3
    323698 Coding NM_000875.2 162 GCTGCTGATAGTCGTTGCGG 72 4
    323699 Coding NM_000875.2 167 CTTCAGCTGCTGATAGTCGT 74 5
    323700 Coding NM_000875.2 196 CCCTCGATCACCGTGCAGTT 56 6
    323701 Coding NM_000875.2 223 TTGGAGATGAGCAGGATGTG 65 7
    323702 Coding NM_000875.2 228 CGGCCTTGGAGATGAGCAGG 66 8
    323703 Coding NM_000875.2 233 GTCCTCGGCCTTGGAGATGA 71 9
    323704 Coding NM_000875.2 238 CGGTAGTCCTCGGCCTTGGA 71 10
    323705 Coding NM_000875.2 367 TTGTAGAAGAGTTTCCAGCC 52 11
    323706 Coding NM_000875.2 396 TGGTCATCTCGAAGATGACC 5 12
    323707 Coding NM_000875.2 401 GAGATTGGTCATCTCGAAGA 20 13
    323708 Coding NM_000875.2 406 TCCTTGAGATTGGTCATCTC 41 14
    323709 Coding NM_000875.2 411 CAATATCCTTGAGATTGGTC 29 15
    323710 Coding NM_000875.2 416 AAGCCCAATATCCTTGAGAT 43 16
    323711 Coding NM_000875.2 443 CCCCCGAGTAATGTTCCTCA 41 17
    323712 Coding NM_000875.2 459 TCTCAATCCTGATGGCCCCC 56 18
    323713 Coding NM_000875.2 527 GTTATTGGACACCGCATCCA 31 19
    323714 Coding NM_000875.2 532 ATGTAGTTATTGGACACCGC 64 20
    323715 Coding NM_000875.2 537 CCACAATGTAGTTATTGGAC 65 21
    323716 Coding NM_000875.2 571 CACAGGTCCCCACATTCCTT 42 22
    323717 Coding NM_000875.2 576 CTGGACACAGGTCCCCACAT 45 23
    323718 Coding NM_000875.2 616 ATGGTGGTCTTCTCACACAT 69 24
    323719 Coding NM_000875.2 621 TGTTGATGGTGGTCTTCTCA 66 25
    323720 Coding NM_000875.2 626 CTCATTGTTGATGGTGGTCT 81 26
    323721 Coding NM_000875.2 632 GTTGTACTCATTGTTGATGG 73 27
    323722 Coding NM_000875.2 637 CGGTAGTTGTACTCATTGTT 71 28
    323723 Coding NM_000875.2 642 AGCAGCGGTAGTTGTACTCA 70 29
    323724 Coding NM_000875.2 647 GGTCCAGCAGCGGTAGTTGT 60 30
    323725 Coding NM_000875.2 652 TTTGTGGTCCAGCAGCGGTA 67 31
    323726 Coding NM_000875.2 674 TGGGCACATTTTCTGGCAGC 57 32
    323727 Coding NM_000875.2 1283 GGAGTAATTCCCTTCTAGCT 21 33
    323728 Coding NM_000875.2 1324 TCCCACAGTTGCTGCAAGTT 73 34
    323729 Coding NM_000875.2 1678 ATGTTCCAGCTGTTGGAGCC 72 35
    323730 Coding NM_000875.2 1683 CCACCATGTTCCAGCTGTTG 78 36
    323731 Coding NM_000875.2 1750 GTCCAGGGCTTCAGCCCATG 74 37
    323732 Coding NM_000875.2 1786 GTGAGGGTCACAGCCTTGAC 59 38
    323733 Coding NM_000875.2 1791 CCATGGTGAGGGTCACAGCC 78 39
    323734 Coding NM_000875.2 1846 TTGGTGCGAATGTACAAGAT 61 40
    323735 Coding NM_000875.2 2029 ATTTTGTCTTTGGAGCAGTA 65 41
    323736 Coding NM_000875.2 2203 AGGAAATTCTCAAAGACTTT 43 42
    323737 Coding NM_000875.2 2290 CTGCTTCGGCTGGACATGGT 84 43
    323738 Coding NM_000875.2 2295 TGTTCCTGCTTCGGCTGGAC 76 44
    323739 Coding NM_000875.2 2368 CTGCTCTCAAAGAAAGGGTA 58 45
    323740 Coding NM_000875.2 2373 CCACTCTGCTCTCAAAGAAA 0 46
    323741 Coding NM_000875.2 2378 GTTATCCACTCTGCTCTCAA 57 47
    323742 Coding NM_000875.2 2383 TCCTTGTTATCCACTCTGCT 58 48
    323743 Coding NM_000875.2 2446 TTGCAGCTGTGGATATCGAT 53 49
    323744 Coding NM_000875.2 2451 CGTGGTTGCAGCTGTGGATA 85 50
    323745 Coding NM_000875.2 2456 AGCCTCGTGGTTGCAGCTGT 75 51
    323746 Coding NM_000875.2 2461 TTCTCAGCCTCGTGGTTGCA 62 52
    323747 Coding NM_000875.2 2466 CCAGCTTCTCAGCCTCGTGG 85 53
    323748 Coding NM_000875.2 2471 GCAGCCCAGCTTCTCAGCCT 77 54
    323749 Coding NM_000875.2 2476 GCGCTGCAGCCCAGCTTCTC 71 55
    323750 Coding NM_000875.2 2578 TTTAAAAAGATGGAGTTTTC 8 56
    323751 Coding NM_000875.2 2583 GCCACTTTAAAAAGATGGAG 77 57
    323752 Coding NM_000875.2 2677 TCCTGTCTGGACACACATTC 66 58
    323753 Coding NM_000875.2 2791 AAGAACACAGGATCTGTCCA 38 59
    323754 Coding NM_000875.2 2796 CATAGAAGAACACAGGATCT 33 60
    323755 Coding NM_000875.2 2992 GGAACGTACACATCAGCAGC 36 61
    323756 Coding NM_000875.2 3076 ACTCCTTCATAGACCATCCC 26 62
    323757 Coding NM_000875.2 3301 CGGAGATAACTTTTGAGATC 35 63
    323758 Coding NM_000875.2 3306 GAGACCGGAGATAACTTTTG 29 64
    323759 Coding NM_000875.2 3478 ATTTTGACTGTGAAATCTTC 13 65
    323760 Coding NM_000875.2 3643 GCGATCTCCCAGAGGACGAC 72 66
    323761 Coding NM_000875.2 3870 TGTAGTAGAAGGAGACCTCC 26 67
    323762 Coding NM_000875.2 4000 GCCTTGTGTCCTGAGTGTCT 84 68
    323763 Stop Codon NM_000875.2 4139 ATCCAAGGATCAGCAGGTCG 69 69
    323764 3′UTR NM_000875.2 4329 GCTGCTTGCATATTGAAAAA 77 70
    323765 3′UTR NM_000875.2 4334 AAAAAGCTGCTTGCATATTG 74 71
    323766 3′UTR NM_000875.2 4366 GCCCATGTCAGTTAAGGGTT 69 72
    323767 3′UTR NM_000875.2 4822 CCAGCGTGTCTCTCAAATGG 84 73
    323768 Intron NT_035325.2 62268 GGAGTTTAAAGGACAGTGCC 59 74
    323769 Exon: NT_035325.2 280527 CATCACTGACCTCTTTCTAT 0 75
    Intron
    Junction
    IG-IR 5′ 5′ untranslated sequence of human 76
    (M69229) IGF-IR
    IGF-IR Nucleotide sequence encoding 77
    (NM000875) human IGF-IR
    DT1064 Nucleotide sequence encoding IGF- 78
    IR C5 propyne lead CAC AGU
    UGC UGC AAG DT10642
    13920 antisense oligonucleotide control to 79
    human H-ras
    18078 antisense oligonucleotide control to 80
    human JNK
    15770 antisense oligonucleotide control to 81
    mouse and rat c-raf
    161212 PCR primer to hIGF-RI 82
    161214 PCR primer to hIGF-RI 83
    161215 PCR primer t hIGF-RI 84
    129692 Negative control ASO 85
    121691 Negative control ASO 86
    122291 Negative control ASO 87
    R451 ASO used for localization study 88
    251741 ASO used for localization study 89
    13920 ASO used for localization study 90
    147979 ASO used for localization study 91
    exemplified sense strand 92
    exemplified antisense strand 93
    PCR primer for hGAPDH 94
    PCR primer for hGAPDH 95
    PCR probe to hGAPDH 96
    IGP-IR Nucleotide Sequence of IGF-IR 97
    mRNA with 3′ and 5′ untranslated
    regions
    391 amino acid sequence of IGF-IR 98
    protein
    298948 Negative Control ASO 99
    175292 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 930 agtctcaaactcagtcttcg 78 100
    175293 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 42 gttaatgctggtaaacaaga 40 101
    175294 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 558 gaagtccgggtcacaggcga 77 102
    175295 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 29 aacaagagccccagcctcgc 76 103
    175296 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 38 atgctggtaaacaagagccc 57 104
    175297 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 37 tgctggtaaacaagagcccc 61 105
    175298 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 516 ggagtcaaaatgaatgagcg 74 106
    175299 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 665 aatctgcctaggcgaggaaa 78 107
    175300 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 36 gctggtaaacaagagcccca 54 108
    175301 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 671 agcccaaatctgcctaggcg 77 109
    175302 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 730 cctccattttcaaacccgga 93 110
    175303 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 260 gaaggtcacagccgaggcga 82 111
    175304 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 265 tcgctgaaggtcacagccga 76 112
    175305 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 410 atccaggacacacacaaagc 81 113
    175306 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 557 aagtccgggtcacaggcgag 54 114
    175307 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 93 aagtctcaaactcagtcttc 86 115
    175308 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 738 gtcgtcggcctccattttca 94 116
    175309 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 526 gcagaaacgcggagtcaaaa 72 117
    175310 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 429 gcggcgagctccttcccaaa 76 118
    175311 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 40 taatgctggtaaacaagagc 53 119
    175312 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 723 tttcaaacccggagaggcag 31 120
    175313 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 657 taggcgaggaaaaacaagcc 62 121
    175314 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 266 ctcgctgaaggtcacagccg 87 122
    175315 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 798 gcagcggcccagggctcggc 75 123
    175316 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 267 gctcgctgaaggtcacagcc 82 124
    175317 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 889 cgaaggaaacaatactccga 84 125
    175318 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 523 gaaacgcggagtcaaaatga 68 126
    175319 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 884 gaaacaatactccgaagggc 63 127
    175320 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 414 ccaaatccaggacacacaca 64 128
    175321 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 734 tcggcctccattttcaaacc 78 129
    175322 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 554 tccgggtcacaggcgaggcc 67 130
    175323 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 508 aatgaatgagcggctccccc 82 131
    175324 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 261 tgaaggtcacagccgaggcg 57 132
    175325 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 259 aaggtcacagccgaggcgag 55 133
    175326 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 415 cccaaatccaggacacacac 74 134
    175327 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 933 acaagtctcaaactcagtct 61 135
    175328 5′UTR SEQ ID NO: 97 33 ggtaaacaagagccccagcc 64 136
    90444 930 cgaagactgagtttgagact 137
    90446 558 tcgcctgtgacccggacttc 138
    90447 29 gcgaggctggggctcttgtt 139
    90448 38 gggctcttgtttaccagcat 140
    90449 37 ggggctcttgtttaccagca 141
    90450 516 cgctcattcattttgactcc 142
    90451 665 tttcctcgcctaggcagatt 143
    90452 36 tggggctcttgtttaccagc 144
    90453 671 cgcctaggcagatttgggct 145
    90454 730 tccgggtttgaaaatggagg 146
    90455 260 tcgcctcggctgtgaccttc 147
    90456 265 tcggctgtgaccttcagcga 148
    90457 410 gctttgtgtgtgtcctggat 149
    90458 557 ctcgcctgtgacccggactt 150
    90459 931 gaagactgagtttgagactt 151
    90460 738 tgaaaatggaggccgacgac 152
    90461 526 ttttgactccgcgtttctgc 153
    90462 429 tttgggaaggagctcgccgc 154
    90463 40 gctcttgtttaccagcatta 155
    90465 657 ggcttgtttttcctcgccta 156
    90466 266 cggctgtgaccttcagcgag 157
    90467 798 gccgagccctgggccgctgc 158
    90468 267 ggctgtgaccttcagcgagc 159
    90469 889 tcggagtattgtttccttcg 160
    90470 523 tcattttgactccgcgtttc 161
    90471 884 gcccttcggagtattgtttc 162
    90472 414 tgtgtgtgtcctggatttgg 163
    90473 734 ggtttgaaaatggaggccga 164
    90474 554 ggcctcgcctgtgacccgga 165
    90475 508 gggggagccgctcattcatt 166
    90476 261 cgcctcggctgtgaccttca 167
    90477 259 ctcgcctcggctgtgacctt 168
    90478 415 gtgtgtgtcctggatttggg 169
    90479 933 agactgagtttgagacttgt 170
    90480 33 ggctggggctcttgtttacc 171
    1ASO, antisense oligonucleotide
    2All C′s and U′s are C5 propynated
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 is a diagrammatic representation of a skin biopsy maintained ex vivo.
  • FIG. 2 is a representation of (A) the nucleotide sequence of the 5′ untranslated region of the IGF-IR gene (SEQ ID NO: 76) showing the location of targets for ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO: 122), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO: 125) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO: 131).
  • FEATURES Location/Qualifiers
    source
    1 . . . 4989
    /organism=“Homo sapiens”
    /db_xref=“taxon: 9606”
    /chromosome=“15”
    /map=“15q25-q26”
    /clone=“(lambda)IGF-1-R.85, (lambda)IGF-1-R.76”
    /tissue_type=“placenta”
    /clone_lib=“(lamda)gt10”
    gene 1 . . . 4989
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“synonym: JTK13”
    /db_xref=“LocusID:3480”
    /db_xref=“MIM: 147370”
    CDS 46 . . . 4149
    /gene = “IGF1R”
    /EC_number = “2.7.1.112”
    /codon_start = 1
    /product=“insulin-like growth
    factor
    1 receptor precursor”
    /protein_id=“NP_000866.1”
    /db_xref=“GI:4557665”
    /db_xref=“LocusID:3480”
    /db_xref=“MIM:147370”
    sig_peptide 46 . . . 135
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    mat_peptide 136 . . . 2265
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /product=“insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor alpha
    chain”
    misc_feature 196 . . . 531
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“Recep_L_domain; Region: Receptor
    L domain. The L domains from these
    receptors make up the bilobal ligand
    binding site. Each L domain consists
    of a single-stranded right hand beta-helix.
    This Pfam entry is missing the
    first 50 amino acid residues of the domain”
    db_xref=“CDD:pfam01030”
    misc_feature 568 . . . 1044
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“Furin-like; Region: Furin-like cysteine rich
    region”
    /db_xref=“CDD:pfam00757”
    misc_feature 694 . . . 1041
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“VSP; Region: Giardia variant-specific surface
    protein”
    /db_xref=“CDD:pfam03302”
    misc_feature 724 . . . 855
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“FU; Region: Furin-like repeats”
    /db_xref=“CDD:smart00261”
    misc_feature 1168 . . . 1479
    /gene = “IGF1R”
    /note = “Recep_L_domain; Region:
    Receptor L domain. The L domains from
    these receptors make up the bilobal ligand
    binding site. Each L domain consists of
    a single-stranded right hand beta-helix.
    This Pfam entry is missing the
    first 50 amino acid residues of the domain”
    /db_xref=“CDD:pfam01030”
    misc_feature 1519 . . . 1800
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“FN3; Region: Fibronectin type 3 domain”
    /db_xref=“CDD:smart00060”
    mat_peptide 2266 . . . 4146
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /product=“insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor beta
    chain”
    misc_feature 2542 . . . 2787
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“FN3; Region: Fibronectin type 3 domain”
    /db_xref=“CDD:smart00060”
    misc_feature 2548 . . . 2796
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“fn3; Region: Fibronectin type III domain”
    /db_xref=“CDD:pfam00041”
    misc_feature 2836 . . . 2910
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“transmembrane region (AA 906 - 929);
    transmembrane-region site”
    misc_feature 3040 . . . 3843
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pkinase; Region: Protein kinase domain”
    /db_xref=“CDD:pfam00069”
    misc_feature 3040 . . . 3843
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“TyrKc; Region:
    Tyrosine kinase, catalytic domain”
    /db_xref=“CDD:smart00219”
    misc_feature 3052 . . . 3837
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“S_TKc; Region: erine/
    Threonine protein kinases,
    catalytic domain”
    /db_xref = “CDD:smart00220”
    misc_feature 122 . . . 2251
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“alpha-subunit (AA 1 - 710)”
    misc_feature 182 . . . 190
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 21 - 23)”
    misc_feature 335 . . . 343
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycostlation site (AA 72 - 74)”
    misc_feature 434 . . . 442
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycostlation site (AA 105 - 107)”
    misc_feature 761 . . . 769
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycostlation site (AA 214 - 216)”
    variation 948
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /allele=“C”
    /allele=“A”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:2229764”
    misc_feature 971 . . . 979
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycostlation site (AA 284 - 286)”
    misc_feature 1280 . . . 1288
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycostlation site (AA 387 - 389)”
    misc_feature 1343 . . . 1351
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 408 - 410)”
    misc_feature 1631 . . . 1639
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycostlation site (AA 504 - 506)”
    variation 1731
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /allele=“G”
    /allele=“A”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:2228531”
    misc_feature 1850 . . . 1858
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 577 - 579)”
    misc_feature 1895 . . . 1903
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 592 - 594)”
    misc_feature 1949 . . . 1957
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 610 - 612)”
    misc_feature 2240 . . . 2251
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“putative proreceptor processing site (AA 707 -
    710)”
    misc_feature 2252 . . . 4132
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“beta-subunit (AA 711 - 1337)”
    misc_feature 2270 . . . 2278
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 717 - 719]”
    misc_feature 2297 . . . 2305
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 726 - 728)”
    misc_feature 2321 . . . 2329
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 734 - 736)”
    variation 2343
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /allele=“T”
    /allele=“C”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:3743262”
    misc_feature 2729 . . . 2737
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 870 - 872)”
    misc_feature 2768 . . . 2776
    /gene=“IGF1R ”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 883 - 885)”
    misc_feature 2918 . . . 2926
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.N-linked glycosylation site (AA 933 - 935)”
    misc_feature 3047 . . . 3049
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.ATP binding site (AA 976)”
    misc_feature 3053 . . . 3055
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.ATP binding site (AA 978)”
    misc_feature 3062 . . . 3064
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.ATP binding site (AA 981)”
    misc_feature 3128 . . . 3130
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /note=“pot.ATP binding site (AA 1003)”
    variation 3174
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /allele=“G”
    /allele=“A”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:2229765”
    variation complement(4205)
    /allele=“G”
    /allele=“C”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:3825954”
    variation 4267
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /allele=“T”
    /allele=“A”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:1065304”
    variation 4268
    /gene=“IGF1R”
    /allele=“T”
    /allele=“A”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:1065305”
    variation complement(4567)
    /allele=“AG”
    /allele=“-”
    /db_xref=“dbSNP:3833015”
    BASE COUNT 1216 a 1371 c 1320 g 1082 t
    ORIGIN
    (B) Nucleotide sequence of IGR-IR and corresponding amino
    acid sequence with 3′and 5′ untranslated regions (NM000).
  • FIG. 3 is a graphical representation showing (A) the effect of lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 175292 through 175328 on IGF-IR mRNA in A549 cells relative to negative controls ISIS 13650, ISIS 18078 and ISIS 29848. (B) the effect of lead IGF-IR ASOs ISIS 175314, ISIS 175317 and ISIS 175323 on IGF-IR mRNA on A459 cells For (A) & (B), A459 cells were transfected with Lipofectin complexed with antisense and control oligonucleotides at a ratio of 2 lipid:1 oligonucleotide. Total cellular RNA was isolated 16-20 h later in an automated process (e.g. Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA). The histogram represents triplicate measurements from a single experiment, showing mean IGF-IR mRNA levels as a % of the levels in untreated control±SD, (C) nucleotide sequences of ASO compounds, control oligonucleotides and primer/probe oligonucleotides.
  • FIG. 4 is a graphical representation showing the effect of DT1064 (SEQ ID NO:43) and lead IGF-IR ASOs (ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:27), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:30) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:36)) on IGF-IR mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes. 85-90% confluent HaCaT cells were treated with GSV (2 μg/ml), with or without antisense and control oligonucleotides (6.25, 25, 100 or 400 nM). Cells were transfected once (18 h before harvest; A) or twice (at 24 and 48 h before harvest; B). Total RNA was recovered and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR. IGF-IR mRNA was normalized against 18S and expressed as a % of levels in the GSV-treated control cells. Results represent mean±SEM from duplicate wells of two separate experiments. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • FIG. 5 is a photographic and graphical representation showing the effect of DT1064 (SEQ ID NO:43) and lead IGF-IR ASOs (ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:27), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:30) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:36)) on IGF-IR protein in HaCaT keratinocytes. 85-90% confluent HaCaT cells were transfected every 24 h for 3 days. Cell lysates were harvested and equal amounts of protein (either 25 or 30 μg) from each sample were resolved by 7% w/v SDS-PAGE. Protein was transblotted to PVDF membrane and probed with anti-rabbit IgG recognizing the IGF-IR β subunit. (A) A representative immunoblot (Western 3) showing the intensity of the IGF-IR signal. Samples were run on 4 gels; the GSV-treated and untreated from each gel is shown alongside the samples run on the same gel. (B) Quantitation of IGF-IR protein band intensity expressed as a % of levels in the GSV-treated control. The histogram shows the mean±SEM for data from three separate experiments in which treatments were assessed in duplicate. A one-way ANOVA was performed followed by pair-wise comparisons by Dunnett's test: *P<0.05, Δ P<0.001 versus GSV-treated cells. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • FIG. 6 is a graphical representation showing the effect of DT1064 and lead IGF-IR ASOs on cell proliferation rates in HaCaT keratinocytes. Subconfluent HaCaT cells were transfected with GSV alone (2 μg/ml) or GSV (2 μg/ml) complexed with antisense or control oligonucleotides (6.25, 25, 100 or 400 nM) every 24 h for up to 3 days. Cell number was estimated using amido black assay at the time of the first transfection, and at subsequent 24 h intervals. The data are represented as mean±SEM of two separate experiments in which cell number was determined in duplicate. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • FIG. 7 is a representation of the deoxyribonucleotide sequence of the region of the IGF-IR gene (M69229; SEQ ID NO:77) showing the location of targets for ISIS 175314, ISIS 175317 and ISIS 175323.
  • FIG. 8 is a graphical representation showing the effect of ISIS 175317, IGF-IR lead ASOs, and DT1064 on IGF-I receptor mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 62-63) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 μg/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (6, 13, 25, 50, 100 or 200 nM). Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR. IGF-I receptor mRNA was normalised against 18S and expressed as a percentage of IGF-IR mRNA levels in GSV-treated cells. Results represent mean±SD (n=4) from duplicate wells of two separate experiments. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • FIG. 9 is a graphical representation showing the effect of ISIS 175317, other IGF-IR lead ASOs, and DT1064 on IGF-I receptor mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes. 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 62-63) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 μg/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (6, 13, 25, 50, 100, or 200 nM). Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR. IGF-I receptor mRNA was normalised against 18S and expressed as a percentage of IGF-IR mRNA levels in GSV-treated cells. Results represent mean±SD (n=4) from duplicate wells of two separate experiments. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • In this experiment Lead IGF-IR ASO: ISIS 175317, Lead IGF-IR ASOs: ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767.
  • FIG. 10 is a graphical representation show the effect of ISIS 175317, four recently-identified IGF-IR lead ASOs, and DT1064 on IGF-I receptor mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes. 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 45) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 μg/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (0.3, 1.6, 3, 6, 25, or 100 nM). Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR. IGF-I receptor mRNA was normalised against 18S and expressed as a percentage of the IGF-IR mRNA levels in GSV-treated cells. Results represent mean±SD (n=2) from duplicate wells of a single experiment. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • In this experiment: Lead IGF-IR ASO: ISIS 175317. Lead IGF-IR ASOs: ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767. Control 2′MOE gapmers: ISIS 129691 (random), ISIS 306064 (8 mismatch). C-5 propyne IGF-IR ASO: DT1064. Control C-5 propyne: 6416 (15 mismatch).
  • FIG. 11 is a graphical representation showing the concentration-response curves for the effects of the four recently identified ASOs and ISIS 175317 on relative IGF-IR mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes. 85% confluent HaCaT cells (passage 45) were treated for 20 h with GSV (2 μg/ml), with or without antisense or control oligonucleotides (0.4, 1.6, 3, 6, 25, or 100 nM). Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcribed before being assayed in duplicate by real-time PCR. IGF-I receptor mRNA was normalised against 18S and expressed as a percentage of GSV-treated cells. Results represent mean±SD (n=2) from duplicate wells of a single experiment. UT=untreated cells, GSV=cells treated with GSV only.
  • In this experiment: Lead IGF-IR ASO: ISIS 175317. Lead IGF-IR ASOs: ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767.
  • FIG. 12 is a graphical representation showing mean IGF-IR mRNA levels in psoriatic skin biopsies after topical application of ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125). Bars represent the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis and dermis of vehicle-treated and ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies. Data are expressed relative to the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis of the vehicle treated samples, error bars are one standard deviation. Topically applied ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) (10% in ISIS cream) significantly reduced IGF-IR mRNA levels in the epidermis and dermis 24 h after topical application to explants. In all cases n=11. (*=p<0.05, ***=p<0.001).
  • FIG. 13 is a graphical representation showing mean IGF-IR mRNA levels in psoriatic skin biopsies after topical application of ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125). Bars represent the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the psoriatic epidermis and normal epidermis of vehicle-treated and ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies. Data are expressed relative to the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis of the vehicle treated samples, error bars are one standard deviation. Topically applied ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) (10% in ISIS cream) significantly reduced IGF-IR mRNA levels in the epidermis and dermis 24 h after topical application to explants. In all cases n=11. (*=p<0.05, ***=p<0.001).
  • FIG. 14 is a graphical representation showing mean IGF-IR mRNA levels in psoriatic skin biopsies after topical application of ISIS 175317 to epidermis tissue showing specificity of ISIS 175317 to IGF-IR and not to GAPDH, HPRT, insulin receptor, Casp. 3 and Bax. Bars represent the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis and dermis of vehicle-treated and ISIS 175317-treated biopsies. Data are expressed relative to the average IGF-IR mRNA level in the epidermis of the vehicle treated samples, error bars are one standard deviation. Topically applied ISIS 175317 (10% in ISIS cream) significantly reduced IGF-IR mRNA levels in the epidermis and dermis 24 h after topical application to explants. In all cases n=11. (*=p<0.05, ***=p<0.001).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT A. Overview of the Invention
  • The present invention employs compounds, preferably oligonucleotides and similar species for use in modulating the function or effect of nucleic acid molecules encoding the Insulin Like Growth Factor I receptor and, in a particular embodiment, the human Insulin Like Growth Factor-I receptor (IGF-IR). This is accomplished by providing oligonucleotides which specifically hybridize with one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding IGF-IR. As used herein, the terms “target nucleic acid” and “nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR” have been used for convenience to encompass DNA encoding IGF-IR, RNA (including pre-mRNA and mRNA or portions thereof) transcribed from such DNA, and also cDNA derived from such RNA. The hybridization of a compound of this invention with its target nucleic acid is generally referred to as “antisense”. Consequently, the preferred mechanism believed to be included in the practice of some preferred embodiments of the invention is referred to herein as “antisense inhibition.” Such antisense inhibition is typically based upon hydrogen bonding-based hybridization of oligonucleotide strands or segments such that at least one strand or segment is cleaved, degraded, or otherwise rendered inoperable. In this regard, it is presently preferred to target specific nucleic acid molecules and their functions for such antisense inhibition.
  • The functions of DNA to be interfered with can include replication and transcription. Replication and transcription, for example, can be from an endogenous cellular template, a vector, a plasmid construct or otherwise. The functions of RNA to be interfered with can include functions such as translocation of the RNA to a site of protein translation, translocation of the RNA to sites within the cell which are distant from the site of RNA synthesis, translation of protein from the RNA, splicing of the RNA to yield one or more RNA species, and catalytic activity or complex formation involving the RNA which may be engaged in or facilitated by the RNA. One preferred result of such interference with target nucleic acid function is modulation of the expression of IGF-IR. In the context of the present invention, “modulation” and “modulation of expression” mean either an increase (stimulation) or a decrease (inhibition) in the amount or levels of a nucleic acid molecule encoding the gene, e.g., DNA or RNA Inhibition is often the preferred form of modulation of expression and mRNA is often a preferred target nucleic acid.
  • In the context of this invention, “hybridization” means the pairing of complementary strands of oligomeric compounds. In the present invention, the preferred mechanism of pairing involves hydrogen bonding, which may be Watson-Crick, Hoogsteen or reversed Hoogsteen hydrogen bonding, between complementary nucleoside or nucleotide bases (nucleobases) of the strands of oligomeric compounds. For example, adenine and thymine are complementary nucleobases which pair through the formation of hydrogen bonds. Hybridization can occur under varying circumstances.
  • An antisense compound is specifically hybridizable when binding of the compound to the target nucleic acid interferes with the normal function of the target nucleic acid to cause a loss of activity, and there is a sufficient degree of complementarity to avoid non-specific binding of the antisense compound to non-target nucleic acid sequences under conditions in which specific binding is desired, i.e., under physiological conditions in the case of in vivo assays or therapeutic treatment, and under conditions in which assays are performed in the case of in vitro assays.
  • In the present invention the phrase “stringent hybridization conditions” or “stringent conditions” refers to conditions under which a compound of the invention will hybridize to its target sequence, but to a minimal number of other sequences. Stringent conditions are sequence-dependent and will be different in different circumstances and in the context of this invention, “stringent conditions” under which oligomeric compounds hybridize to a target sequence are determined by the nature and composition of the oligomeric compounds and the assays in which they are being investigated.
  • “Complementary,” as used herein, refers to the capacity for precise pairing between two nucleobases of an oligomeric compound. For example, if a nucleobase at a certain position of an oligonucleotide (an oligomeric compound), is capable of hydrogen bonding with a nucleobase at a certain position of a target nucleic acid, said target nucleic acid being a DNA, RNA, or oligonucleotide molecule, then the position of hydrogen bonding between the oligonucleotide and the target nucleic acid is considered to be a complementary position. The oligonucleotide and the further DNA, RNA, or oligonucleotide molecule are complementary to each other when a sufficient number of complementary positions in each molecule are occupied by nucleobases which can hydrogen bond with each other. Thus, “specifically hybridizable” and “complementary” are terms which are used to indicate a sufficient degree of precise pairing or complementarity over a sufficient number of nucleobases such that stable and specific binding occurs between the oligonucleotide and a target nucleic acid.
  • It is understood in the art that the sequence of an antisense compound need not be 100% complementary to that of its target nucleic acid to be specifically hybridizable. Moreover, an oligonucleotide may hybridize over one or more segments such that intervening or adjacent segments are not involved in the hybridization event (e.g., a loop structure or hairpin structure). It is preferred that the antisense compounds of the present invention comprise at least 70% sequence complementarity to a target region within the target nucleic acid, more preferably that they comprise 90% sequence complementarity and even more preferably comprise 95% sequence complementarity to the target region within the target nucleic acid sequence to which they are targeted. For example, an antisense compound in which 18 of 20 nucleobases of the antisense compound are complementary to a target region, and would therefore specifically hybridize, would represent 90 percent complementarity. In this example, the remaining noncomplementary nucleobases may be clustered or interspersed with complementary nucleobases and need not be contiguous to each other or to complementary nucleobases. As such, an antisense compound which is 18 nucleobases in length having 4 (four) noncomplementary nucleobases which are flanked by two regions of complete complementarity with the target nucleic acid would have 77.8% overall complementarity with the target nucleic acid and would thus fall within the scope of the present invention. Percent complementarity of an antisense compound with a region of a target nucleic acid can be determined routinely using BLAST programs (basic local alignment search tools) and PowerBLAST programs known in the art (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215: 403-410, 1990; Zhang and Madden, Genome Res. 7: 649-656, 1997).
    • B. Compounds of the Invention
  • According to the present invention, compounds include antisense oligomeric compounds, antisense oligonucleotides, ribozymes, external guide sequence (EGS) oligonucleotides, alternate splicers, primers, probes, and other oligomeric compounds which hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid. As such, these compounds may be introduced in the form of single-stranded, double-stranded, circular or hairpin oligomeric compounds and may contain structural elements such as internal or terminal bulges or loops. Once introduced to a system, the compounds of the invention may elicit the action of one or more enzymes or structural proteins to effect modification of the target nucleic acid.
  • One non-limiting example of such an enzyme is RNAse H, a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. It is known in the art that single-stranded antisense compounds which are “DNA-like” elicit RNAse H. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in cleavage of the RNA target, thereby greatly enhancing the efficiency of oligonucleotide-mediated inhibition of gene expression. Similar roles have been postulated for other ribonucleases such as those in the RNase III and ribonuclease L family of enzymes.
  • While the preferred form of antisense compound is a single-stranded antisense oligonucleotide, in many species the introduction of double-stranded structures, such as double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecules, has been shown to induce potent and specific antisense-mediated reduction of the function of a gene or its associated gene products. This phenomenon occurs in both plants and animals and is believed to have an evolutionary connection to viral defense and transposon silencing.
  • The first evidence that dsRNA could lead to gene silencing in animals came in 1995 from work in the nematode, Caenorhabditis elegans (Guo and Kempheus, Cell 81: 611-620, 1995). Montgomery et al. have shown that the primary interference effects of dsRNA are posttranscriptional (Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 95: 15502-15507, 1998). The post-transcriptional antisense mechanism defined in Caenorhabditis elegans resulting from exposure to double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) has since been designated RNA interference (RNAi). This term has been generalized to mean antisense-mediated gene silencing involving the introduction of dsRNA leading to the sequence-specific reduction of endogenous targeted mRNA levels (Fire et al., Nature 391: 806-811, 1998). Recently, it has been shown that it is, in fact, the single-stranded RNA oligomers of antisense polarity of the dsRNAs which are the potent inducers of RNAi (Tijsterman et al., Science, 295; 694-697, 2002).
  • In the context of this invention, the term “oligomeric compound” refers to a polymer or oligomer comprising a plurality of monomeric units. In the context of this invention, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to an oligomer or polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA) or deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or mimetics, chimeras, analogs and homologs thereof. This term includes oligonucleotides composed of naturally occurring nucleobases, sugars and covalent internucleoside (backbone) linkages as well as oligonucleotides having non-naturally occurring portions which function similarly. Such modified or substituted oligonucleotides are often preferred over native forms because of desirable properties such as, for example, enhanced cellular uptake, enhanced affinity for a target nucleic acid and increased stability in the presence of nucleases.
  • While oligonucleotides are a preferred form of the compounds of this invention, the present invention comprehends other families of compounds as well, including but not limited to oligonucleotide analogs and mimetics such as those described herein.
  • The compounds in accordance with this invention preferably comprise from about 8 to about 80 nucleobases (i.e. from about 8 to about 80 linked nucleosides). One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the invention embodies compounds of 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, or 80 nucleobases in length.
  • In one preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention are 12 to 50 nucleobases in length. One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies compounds of 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, or 50 nucleobases in length.
  • In another preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention are 15 to 30 nucleobases in length. One having ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that this embodies compounds of 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleobases in length.
  • Particularly preferred compounds are oligonucleotides from about 12 to about 50 nucleobases, even more preferably those comprising from about 15 to about 30 nucleobases.
  • Antisense compounds 8-80 nucleobases in length comprising a stretch of at least eight (8) consecutive nucleobases selected from within the illustrative antisense compounds are considered to be suitable antisense compounds as well.
  • Exemplary preferred antisense compounds include oligonucleotide sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 5′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred antisense compounds (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same oligonucleotide beginning immediately upstream of the 5′-terminus of the antisense compound which is specifically hybridizable to the target nucleic acid and continuing until the oligonucleotide contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases). Similarly preferred antisense compounds are represented by oligonucleotide sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 3′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred antisense compounds (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same oligonucleotide beginning immediately downstream of the 3′-terminus of the antisense compound which is specifically hybridizable to the target nucleic acid and continuing until the oligonucleotide contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases). One having skill in the art armed with the preferred antisense compounds illustrated herein will be able, without undue experimentation, to identify further preferred antisense compounds.
  • The candidate compounds of the present invention are referred to herein by ISIS number or SEQ ID NO. Preferred compounds are shown in Table 1.
  • Candidate compounds are also referred to herein as “lead” compounds.
  • One group of particularly preferred ASOs include ISIS 175308 (SEQ ID NO:116), ISIS 175302 (SEQ ID NO:110), ISIS 175314 (SEQ ID NO:122), ISIS 175307 (SEQ ID NO:115), ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) and ISIS 175323 (SEQ ID NO:131).
  • Another group of particularly preferred ASOs include ISIS 323744 (SEQ ID NO:50), ISIS 323747 (SEQ ID NO:53), ISIS 323767 (SEQ ID NO:73), ISIS 323762 (SEQ ID NO:68) and ISIS 323737 (SEQ ID NO:43).
  • An even more particularly preferred ASO is ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125).
    • C. Targets of the Invention
  • “Targeting” an antisense compound to a particular nucleic acid molecule, in the context of this invention, can be a multistep process. The process usually begins with the identification of a target nucleic acid whose function is to be modulated. This target nucleic acid may be, for example, a cellular gene (or mRNA transcribed from the gene) whose expression is associated with a particular disorder or disease state, or a nucleic acid molecule from an infectious agent. In the present invention, the target nucleic acid encodes IGF-IR.
  • The targeting process usually also includes determination of at least one target region, segment, or site within the target nucleic acid for the antisense interaction to occur such that the desired effect, e.g., modulation of expression, will result. Within the context of the present invention, the term “region” is defined as a portion of the target nucleic acid having at least one identifiable structure, function, or characteristic. Within regions of target nucleic acids are segments. “Segments” are defined as smaller or sub-portions of regions within a target nucleic acid. “Sites,” as used in the present invention, are defined as positions within a target nucleic acid.
  • Since, as is known in the art, the translation initiation codon is typically 5′-AUG (in transcribed mRNA molecules; 5′-ATG in the corresponding DNA molecule), the translation initiation codon is also referred to as the “AUG codon,” the “start codon” or the “AUG start codon”. A minority of genes have a translation initiation codon having the RNA sequence 5′-GUG, 5′-UUG or 5′-CUG, and 5′-AUA, 5′-ACG and 5′-CUG have been shown to function in vivo. Thus, the terms “translation initiation codon” and “start codon” can encompass many codon sequences, even though the initiator amino acid in each instance is typically methionine (in eukaryotes) or formylmethionine (in prokaryotes). It is also known in the art that eukaryotic and prokaryotic genes may have two or more alternative start codons, any one of which may be preferentially utilized for translation initiation in a particular cell type or tissue, or under a particular set of conditions. In the context of the invention, “start codon” and “translation initiation codon” refer to the codon or codons that are used in vivo to initiate translation of an mRNA transcribed from a gene encoding IGF-IR, regardless of the sequence(s) of such codons. It is also known in the art that a translation termination codon (or “stop codon”) of a gene may have one of three sequences, i.e., 5′-UAA, 5′-UAG and 5′-UGA (the corresponding DNA sequences are 5′-TAA, 5′-TAG and 5′-TGA, respectively).
  • The terms “start codon region” and “translation initiation codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation initiation codon. Similarly, the terms “stop codon region” and “translation termination codon region” refer to a portion of such an mRNA or gene that encompasses from about 25 to about 50 contiguous nucleotides in either direction (i.e., 5′ or 3′) from a translation termination codon. Consequently, the “start codon region” (or “translation initiation codon region”) and the “stop codon region” (or “translation termination codon region”) are all regions which may be targeted effectively with the antisense compounds of the present invention.
  • The open reading frame (ORF) or “coding region,” which is known in the art to refer to the region between the translation initiation codon and the translation termination codon, is also a region which may be targeted effectively. Within the context of the present invention, a preferred region is the intragenic region encompassing the translation initiation or termination codon of the open reading frame (ORF) of a gene.
  • Other target regions include the 5′ untranslated region (5′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 5′ direction from the translation initiation codon, and thus including nucleotides between the 5′ cap site and the translation initiation codon of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene), and the 3′ untranslated region (3′UTR), known in the art to refer to the portion of an mRNA in the 3′ direction from the translation termination codon, and thus including nucleotides between the translation termination codon and 3′ end of an mRNA (or corresponding nucleotides on the gene). The 5′ cap site of an mRNA comprises an N7-methylated guanosine residue joined to the 5′-most residue of the mRNA via a 5′-5′ triphosphate linkage. The 5′ cap region of an mRNA is considered to include the 5′ cap structure itself as well as the first 50 nucleotides adjacent to the cap site. It is also preferred to target the 5′ cap region.
  • Although some eukaryotic mRNA transcripts are directly translated, many contain one or more regions, known as “introns,” which are excised from a transcript before it is translated. The remaining (and therefore translated) regions are known as “exons” and are spliced together to form a continuous mRNA sequence. Targeting splice sites, i.e., intron-exon junctions or exon-intron junctions, may also be particularly useful in situations where aberrant splicing is implicated in disease, or where an overproduction of a particular splice product is implicated in disease. Aberrant fusion junctions due to rearrangements or deletions are also preferred target sites. mRNA transcripts produced via the process of splicing of two (or more) mRNAs from different gene sources are known as “fusion transcripts”. It is also known that introns can be effectively targeted using antisense compounds targeted to, for example, DNA or pre-mRNA.
  • It is also known in the art that alternative RNA transcripts can be produced from the same genomic region of DNA. These alternative transcripts are generally known as “variants”.
  • More specifically, “pre-mRNA variants” are transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA that differ from other transcripts produced from the same genomic DNA in either their start or stop position and contain both intronic and exonic sequence.
  • Upon excision of one or more exon or intron regions, or portions thereof during splicing, pre-mRNA variants produce smaller “mRNA variants”. Consequently, mRNA variants are processed pre-mRNA variants and each unique pre-mRNA variant must always produce a unique mRNA variant as a result of splicing. These mRNA variants are also known as “alternative splice variants”. If no splicing of the pre-mRNA variant occurs then the pre-mRNA variant is identical to the mRNA variant.
  • It is also known in the art that variants can be produced through the use of alternative signals to start or stop transcription and that pre-mRNAs and mRNAs can possess more that one start codon or stop codon. Variants that originate from a pre-mRNA or mRNA that use alternative start codons are known as “alternative start variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA. Those transcripts that use an alternative stop codon are known as “alternative stop variants” of that pre-mRNA or mRNA. One specific type of alternative stop variant is the “polyA variant” in which the multiple transcripts produced result from the alternative selection of one of the “polyA stop signals” by the transcription machinery, thereby producing transcripts that terminate at unique polyA sites. Within the context of the invention, the types of variants described herein are also preferred target nucleic acids.
  • The locations on the target nucleic acid to which the preferred antisense compounds hybridize are hereinbelow referred to as “preferred target segments.” As used herein the term “preferred target segment” is defined as at least an 8-nucleobase portion of a target region to which an active antisense compound is targeted. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is presently believed that these target segments represent portions of the target nucleic acid which are accessible for hybridization.
  • While the specific sequences of certain preferred target segments are set forth herein, one of skill in the art will recognize that these serve to illustrate and describe particular embodiments within the scope of the present invention. Additional preferred target segments may be identified by one having ordinary skill.
  • Target segments 8-80 nucleobases in length comprising a stretch of at least eight (8) consecutive nucleobases selected from within the illustrative preferred target segments are considered to be suitable for targeting as well.
  • Target segments can include DNA or RNA sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 5′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred target segments (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same DNA or RNA beginning immediately upstream of the 5′-terminus of the target segment and continuing until the DNA or RNA contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases). Similarly preferred target segments are represented by DNA or RNA sequences that comprise at least the 8 consecutive nucleobases from the 3′-terminus of one of the illustrative preferred target segments (the remaining nucleobases being a consecutive stretch of the same DNA or RNA beginning immediately downstream of the 3′-terminus of the target segment and continuing until the DNA or RNA contains about 8 to about 80 nucleobases). One having skill in the art armed with the preferred target segments illustrated herein will be able, without undue experimentation, to identify further preferred target segments.
  • Once one or more target regions, segments or sites have been identified, antisense compounds are chosen which are sufficiently complementary to the target, i.e., hybridize sufficiently well and with sufficient specificity, to give the desired effect.
    • D. Screening and Target Validation
  • In a further embodiment, the “preferred target segments” identified herein may be employed in a screen for additional compounds that modulate the expression of the IGF-IR gene. “Modulators” are those compounds that decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR and which comprise at least a 8-nucleobase portion which is complementary to a preferred target segment. The screening method comprises the steps of contacting a preferred target segment of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR with one or more candidate modulators, and selecting for one or more candidate modulators which decrease or increase the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR. Once it is shown that the candidate modulator or modulators are capable of modulating (e.g. either decreasing or increasing) the expression of a nucleic acid molecule encoding IGF-IR, the modulator may then be employed in further investigative studies of the function of IGF-IR, or for use as a research, diagnostic, or therapeutic agent in accordance with the present invention.
  • The preferred target segments of the present invention may be also be combined with their respective complementary antisense compounds of the present invention to form stabilized double-stranded (duplexed) oligonucleotides.
  • Such double stranded oligonucleotide moieties have been shown in the art to modulate target expression and regulate translation as well as RNA processsing via an antisense mechanism. Moreover, the double-stranded moieties may be subject to chemical modifications (Fire et al., Nature 391: 806-811, 1998; Timmons and Fire, Nature 395: 854, 1998; Timmons et al., Gene 263: 103-112, 2001; Tabara et al., Science 282: 430-431, 1998; Montgomery et al., 1998, supra; Tuschl et al., Genes Dev. 13: 3191-3197, 1999; Elbashir et al., Nature, 411: 494-498, 2001; Elbashir et al., Genes Dev. 15: 188-200, 2001). For example, such double-stranded moieties have been shown to inhibit the target by the classical hybridization of antisense strand of the duplex to the target, thereby triggering enzymatic degradation of the target (Tijsterman et al., 2002, supra).
  • The compounds of the present invention can also be applied in the areas of drug discovery and target validation. The present invention comprehends the use of the compounds and preferred target segments identified herein in drug discovery efforts to elucidate relationships that exist between IGF-I, IGF-IR or IGF-I/IGF-IR interaction and a disease state, phenotype, or condition. These methods include detecting or modulating IGF-IR comprising contacting a sample, tissue, cell, or organism with the compounds of the present invention, measuring the nucleic acid or protein level of IGF-IR and/or a related phenotypic or chemical endpoint at some time after treatment, and optionally comparing the measured value to a non-treated sample or sample treated with a further compound of the invention. These methods can also be performed in parallel or in combination with other experiments to determine the function of unknown genes for the process of target validation or to determine the validity of a particular gene product as a target for treatment or prevention of a particular disease, condition, or phenotype.
    • E. Kits, Research Reagents, Diagnostics, and Therapeutics
  • The compounds of the present invention can be utilized for diagnostics, therapeutics, prophylaxis and as research reagents and kits. Furthermore, antisense oligonucleotides, which are able to inhibit gene expression with exquisite specificity, are often used by those of ordinary skill to elucidate the function of particular genes or to distinguish between functions of various members of a biological pathway.
  • For use in kits and diagnostics, the compounds of the present invention, either alone or in combination with other compounds or therapeutics, can be used as tools in differential and/or combinatorial analyses to elucidate expression patterns of a portion or the entire complement of genes expressed within cells and tissues.
  • As one non-limiting example, expression patterns within cells or tissues treated with one or more antisense compounds are compared to control cells or tissues not treated with antisense compounds and the patterns produced are analyzed for differential levels of gene expression as they pertain, for example, to disease association, signaling pathway, cellular localization, expression level, size, structure or function of the genes examined. These analyses can be performed on stimulated or unstimulated cells and in the presence or absence of other compounds which affect expression patterns.
  • Examples of methods of gene expression analysis known in the art include DNA arrays or microarrays (Brazma and Vilo, FEBS Lett. 480: 17-24, 2000; Celis et al., FEBS Lett. 480: 2-16, 2000), SAGE (serial analysis of gene expression) (Madden et al., Drug Discov. Today 5: 415-425, 2000), READS (restriction enzyme amplification of digested cDNAs) (Prashar and Weissman, Methods Enzymol. 303: 258-272, 1999), TOGA (total gene expression analysis) (Sutcliffe et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97: 1976-1981, 2000), protein arrays and proteomics (Celis et al. 2000, supra; Jungblut et al., Electrophoresis 20: 2100-2110, 1999), expressed sequence tag (EST) sequencing (Celis et al., 2000, supra; Larsson et al., J. Biotechnol. 80: 143-157, 2000), subtractive RNA fingerprinting (SuRF) (Fuchs et al., Anal. Biochem. 286: 91-98, 2000; Larson et al., Cytometry 41: 203-208, 2000), subtractive cloning, differential display (DD) (Jurecic and Belmont, Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 3: 316-321, 2000), comparative genomic hybridization (Carulli et al., J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. 31: 286-296, 1998), FISH (fluorescent in situ hybridization) techniques (Going and Gusterson, Eur. J. Cancer, 35: 1895-1904, 1999) and mass spectrometry methods (To, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen, 3: 235-241, 2000).
  • The compounds of the invention are useful for research and diagnostics, because these compounds hybridize to nucleic acids encoding IGF-IR. For example, oligonucleotides that are shown to hybridize with such efficiency and under such conditions as disclosed herein as to be effective IGF-IR inhibitors of IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors will also be effective primers or probes under conditions favoring gene amplification or detection, respectively. These primers and probes are useful in methods requiring the specific detection of nucleic acid molecules encoding IGF-IR and in the amplification of said nucleic acid molecules for detection or for use in further studies of IGF-IR or its gene. Hybridization of the antisense oligonucleotides, particularly the primers and probes, of the invention with a nucleic acid encoding IGF-IR can be detected by means known in the art. Such means may include conjugation of an enzyme to the oligonucleotide, radiolabelling of the oligonucleotide or any other suitable detection means. Kits using such detection means for detecting the level of IGF-IR in a sample may also be prepared.
  • The specificity and sensitivity of antisense is also harnessed by those of skill in the art for therapeutic uses. Antisense compounds have been employed as therapeutic moieties in the treatment of disease states in animals, including humans. Antisense oligonucleotide drugs, including ribozymes, have been safely and effectively administered to humans and numerous clinical trials are presently underway. It is thus established that antisense compounds can be useful therapeutic modalities that can be configured to be useful in treatment regimes for the treatment of cells, tissues and animals, especially humans.
  • For therapeutics, an animal, preferably a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder which can be treated by modulating the expression of the IGF-IR gene is treated by administering antisense compounds in accordance with this invention. For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, the methods comprise the step of administering to the animal in need of treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of an IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor. The IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors of the present invention effectively inhibit the activity of the IGF-IR protein or inhibit the expression of the IGF-IR gene. In one embodiment, the activity or expression of IGF-IR or its gene in an animal is inhibited by about 10%. Preferably, the activity or expression of IGF-IR or its gene in an animal is inhibited by about 30%. More preferably, the activity or expression of IGF-IR or its gene in an animal is inhibited by 50% or more.
  • For example, the reduction of the expression of the IGF-IR gene may be measured in serum, adipose tissue, skin cells, liver or any other body fluid, tissue or organ of the animal. Preferably, the cells contained within said fluids, tissues or organs being analyzed contain a nucleic acid molecule encoding an IGF-IR protein.
  • The compounds of the invention can be utilized in pharmaceutical compositions by adding an effective amount of a compound to a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Use of the compounds and methods of the invention may also be useful prophylactically.
    • F. Modifications
  • As is known in the art, a nucleoside is a base-sugar combination. The base portion of the nucleoside is normally a heterocyclic base. The two most common classes of such heterocyclic bases are the purines and the pyrimidines. Nucleotides are nucleosides that further include a phosphate group covalently linked to the sugar portion of the nucleoside. For those nucleosides that include a pentofuranosyl sugar, the phosphate group can be linked to either the 2′, 3′ or 5′ hydroxyl moiety of the sugar. In forming oligonucleotides, the phosphate groups covalently link adjacent nucleosides to one another to form a linear polymeric compound. In turn, the respective ends of this linear polymeric compound can be further joined to form a circular compound, however, linear compounds are generally preferred. In addition, linear compounds may have internal nucleobase complementarity and may therefore fold in a manner as to produce a fully or partially double-stranded compound. Within oligonucleotides, the phosphate groups are commonly referred to as forming the internucleoside backbone of the oligonucleotide. The normal linkage or backbone of RNA and DNA is a 3′ to 5′ phosphodiester linkage.
    • Modified Internucleoside Linkages (Backbones)
  • Specific examples of preferred antisense compounds useful in this invention include oligonucleotides containing modified backbones or non-natural internucleoside linkages. As defined in this specification, oligonucleotides having modified backbones include those that retain a phosphorus atom in the backbone and those that do not have a phosphorus atom in the backbone. For the purposes of this specification, and as sometimes referenced in the art, modified oligonucleotides that do not have a phosphorus atom in their internucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides.
  • Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones containing a phosphorus atom therein include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3′-alkylene phosphonates, 5′-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3′-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, selenophosphates and boranophosphates having normal 3′-5′ linkages, 2′-5′ linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein one or more internucleotide linkages is a 3′ to 3′, 5′ to 5′ or 2′ to 2′ linkage. Preferred oligonucleotides having inverted polarity comprise a single 3′ to 3′ linkage at the 3′-most internucleotide linkage i.e. a single inverted nucleoside residue which may be abasic (the nucleobase is missing or has a hydroxyl group in place thereof). Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
  • Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of the above phosphorus-containing linkages include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,687,808; 4,469,863; 4,476,301; 5,023,243; 5,177,196; 5,188,897; 5,264,423; 5,276,019; 5,278,302; 5,286,717; 5,321,131; 5,399,676; 5,405,939; 5,453,496; 5,455,233; 5,466,677; 5,476,925; 5,519,126; 5,536,821; 5,541,306; 5,550,111; 5,563,253; 5,571,799; 5,587,361; 5,194,599; 5,565,555; 5,527,899; 5,721,218; 5,672,697 and 5,625,050, certain of which are commonly owned with this application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • Preferred modified oligonucleotide backbones that do not include a phosphorus atom therein have backbones that are formed by short chain alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, mixed heteroatom and alkyl or cycloalkyl internucleoside linkages, or one or more short chain heteroatomic or heterocyclic internucleoside linkages. These include those having morpholino linkages (formed in part from the sugar portion of a nucleoside); siloxane backbones; sulfide, sulfoxide and sulfone backbones; formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones; methylene formacetyl and thioformacetyl backbones; riboacetyl backbones; alkene containing backbones; sulfamate backbones; methyleneimino and methylenehydrazino backbones; sulfonate and sulfonamide backbones; amide backbones; and others having mixed N, O, S and CH2 component parts.
  • Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of the above oligonucleosides include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,034,506; 5,166,315; 5,185,444; 5,214,134; 5,216,141; 5,235,033; 5,264,562; 5,264,564; 5,405,938; 5,434,257; 5,466,677; 5,470,967; 5,489,677; 5,541,307; 5,561,225; 5,596,086; 5,602,240; 5,610,289; 5,602,240; 5,608,046; 5,610,289; 5,618,704; 5,623,070; 5,663,312; 5,633,360; 5,677,437; 5,792,608; 5,646,269 and 5,677,439, certain of which are commonly owned with this application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
    • Modified Sugar and Internucleoside Linkages-Mimetics
  • In other preferred oligonucleotide mimetics, both the sugar and the internucleoside linkage (i.e. the backbone), of the nucleotide units are replaced with novel groups. The nucleobase units are maintained for hybridization with an appropriate target nucleic acid. One such compound, an oligonucleotide mimetic that has been shown to have excellent hybridization properties, is referred to as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA). In PNA compounds, the sugar-backbone of an oligonucleotide is replaced with an amide containing backbone, in particular an aminoethylglycine backbone. The nucleobases are retained and are bound directly or indirectly to aza nitrogen atoms of the amide portion of the backbone. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of PNA compounds include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA compounds can be found in Nielsen et al., Science 254: 1497-1500, 1991.
  • Preferred embodiments of the invention are oligonucleotides with phosphorothioate backbones and oligonucleosides with heteroatom backbones, and in particular —CH2—NH—O—CH2—, —CH2—N(CH3)—O—CH2— [known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone], —CH2—O—N(CH3)—CH2—, —CH2—N(CH3)—N(CH3)—CH2— and —O—N(CH3)—CH2—CH2— [wherein the native phosphodiester backbone is represented as —O—P—O—CH2—] of the above referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,489,677, and the amide backbones of the above referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,602,240. Also preferred are oligonucleotides having morpholino backbone structures of the above-referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506.
    • Modified Sugars
  • Modified oligonucleotides may also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties. Preferred oligonucleotides comprise one of the following at the 2′ position: OH; F; O—, S—, or N-alkyl; O—, S—, or N-alkenyl; O—, S- or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl may be substituted or unsubstituted C1 to C10 alkyl or C2 to C10 alkenyl and alkynyl. Particularly preferred are O[(CH2)nO]mCH3, O(CH2)nOCH3, O(CH2)nNH2, O(CH2)nCH3, O(CH2)nONH2, and O(CH2)nON[(CH2)nCH3]2, where n and m are from 1 to about 10. Other preferred oligonucleotides comprise one of the following at the 2′ position: C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH3, OCN, Cl, Br, CN, CF3, OCF3, SOCH3, SO2CH3, ONO2, NO2, N3, NH2, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl, aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the pharmacokinetic properties of an oligonucleotide, or a group for improving the pharmacodynamic properties of an oligonucleotide, and other substituents having similar properties. A preferred modification includes 2′-methoxyethoxy (2′-O—CH2CH2OCH3, also known as 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl) or 2′-MOE) (Martin et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 78: 486-504, 1995) i.e., an alkoxyalkoxy group. A further preferred modification includes 2′-dimethylaminooxyethoxy, i.e., a O(CH2)2ON(CH3)2 group, also known as 2′-DMAOE, as described in examples hereinbelow, and 2′-dimethylamino-ethoxyethoxy (also known in the art as 2′-O-dimethyl-amino-ethoxy-ethyl or 2′-DMAEOE), i.e., 2′-O—CH2—O—CH2—N(CH3)2, also described in examples hereinbelow.
  • Other preferred modifications include 2′-methoxy (2′-O—CH3), 2′-aminopropoxy (2′-OCH2CH2CH2NH2), 2′-allyl (2′-CH2—CH═CH2), 2′-O-allyl (2′-O—CH2—CH═CH2) and 2′-fluoro (2′-F). The 2′-modification may be in the arabino (up) position or ribo (down) position. A preferred 2′-arabino modification is 2′-F. Similar modifications may also be made at other positions on the oligonucleotide, particularly the 3′ position of the sugar on the 3′ terminal nucleotide or in 2′-5′ linked oligonucleotides and the 5′ position of 5′ terminal nucleotide. Oligonucleotides may also have sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the pentofuranosyl sugar. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080; 5,359,044; 5,393,878; 5,446,137; 5,466,786; 5,514,785; 5,519,134; 5,567,811; 5,576,427; 5,591,722; 5,597,909; 5,610,300; 5,627,053; 5,639,873; 5,646,265; 5,658,873; 5,670,633; 5,792,747; and 5,700,920, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • A further preferred modification of the sugar includes Locked Nucleic Acids (LNAs) in which the 2′-hydroxyl group is linked to the 3′ or 4′ carbon atom of the sugar ring, thereby forming a bicyclic sugar moiety. The linkage is preferably a methylene (—CH2—)r, group bridging the 2′ oxygen atom and the 4′ carbon atom wherein n is 1 or 2. LNAs and preparation thereof are described in WO 98/39352 and WO 99/14226.
    • Natural and Modified Nucleobases
  • Oligonucleotides may also include nucleobase (often referred to in the art simply as “base”) modifications or substitutions. As used herein, “unmodified” or “natural” nucleobases include the purine bases adenine (A) and guanine (G), and the pyrimidine bases thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U). Modified nucleobases include other synthetic and natural nucleobases such as 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C), 5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl (—C≡C—CH3) uracil and cytosine and other alkynyl derivatives of pyrimidine bases, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo, 8-amino, 8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine and 7-methyladenine, 2-F-adenine, 2-amino-adenine, 8-azaguanine and 8-azaadenine, 7-deazaguanine and 7-deazaadenine and 3-deazaguanine and 3-deazaadenine. Further modified nucleobases include tricyclic pyrimidines such as phenoxazine cytidine(1H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), phenothiazine cytidine (1H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzothiazin-2(3H)-one), G-clamps such as a substituted phenoxazine cytidine (e.g. 9-(2-aminoethoxy)-H-pyrimido[5,4-b][1,4]benzoxazin-2(3H)-one), carbazole cytidine (2H-pyrimido[4,5-b]indol-2-one), pyridoindole cytidine (H-pyrido[3′,2′: 4,5]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-one). Modified nucleobases may also include those in which the purine or pyrimidine base is replaced with other heterocycles, for example 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deazaguanosine, 2-aminopyridine and 2-pyridone. Further nucleobases include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, those disclosed in The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, pages 858-859, Kroschwitz, J. I., ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1990, those disclosed by Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 30: 613, 1991, and those disclosed by Sanghvi, Y. S., Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, pages 289-302, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., ed., CRC Press, 1993. Certain of these nucleobases are particularly useful for increasing the binding affinity of the compounds of the invention. These include 5-substituted pyrimidines, 6-azapyrimidines and N-2, N-6 and O-6 substituted purines, including 2-aminopropyladenine, 5-propynyluracil and 5-propynylcytosine. 5-methylcytosine substitutions have been shown to increase nucleic acid duplex stability by 0.6-1.2° C. and are presently preferred base substitutions, even more particularly when combined with 2′-O-methoxyethyl sugar modifications.
  • Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of certain of the above noted modified nucleobases as well as other modified nucleobases include, but are not limited to, the above noted U.S. Pat. No. 3,687,808, as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,845,205; 5,130,302; 5,134,066; 5,175,273; 5,367,066; 5,432,272; 5,457,187; 5,459,255; 5,484,908; 5,502,177; 5,525,711; 5,552,540; 5,587,469; 5,594,121, 5,596,091; 5,614,617; 5,645,985; 5,830,653; 5,763,588; 6,005,096; and 5,681,941, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,692, which is commonly owned with the instant application and also herein incorporated by reference.
    • Conjugates
  • Another modification of the oligonucleotides of the invention involves chemically linking to the oligonucleotide one or more moieties or conjugates which enhance the activity, cellular distribution or cellular uptake of the oligonucleotide. These moieties or conjugates can include conjugate groups covalently bound to functional groups such as primary or secondary hydroxyl groups. Conjugate groups of the invention include intercalators, reporter molecules, polyamines, polyamides, polyethylene glycols, polyethers, groups that enhance the pharmacodynamic properties of oligomers, and groups that enhance the pharmacokinetic properties of oligomers. Typical conjugate groups include cholesterols, lipids, phospholipids, biotin, phenazine, folate, phenanthridine, anthraquinone, acridine, fluoresceins, rhodamines, coumarins, and dyes. Groups that enhance the pharmacodynamic properties, in the context of this invention, include groups that improve uptake, enhance resistance to degradation, and/or strengthen sequence-specific hybridization with the target nucleic acid. Groups that enhance the pharmacokinetic properties, in the context of this invention, include groups that improve uptake, distribution, metabolism or excretion of the compounds of the present invention. Representative conjugate groups are disclosed in International Patent Application PCT/US92/09196, filed Oct. 23, 1992, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, the entire disclosure of which are incorporated herein by reference. Conjugate moieties include but are not limited to lipid moieties such as a cholesterol moiety, cholic acid, a thioether, e.g., hexyl-5-tritylthiol, a thiocholesterol, an aliphatic chain, e.g., dodecandiol or undecyl residues, a phospholipid, e.g., di-hexadecyl-rac-glycerol or triethylammonium 1,2-di-O-hexadecyl-rac-glycero-3-H-phosphonate, a polyamine or a polyethylene glycol chain, or adamantane acetic acid, a palmityl moiety, or an octadecylamine or hexylamino-carbonyl-oxycholesterol moiety. Oligonucleotides of the invention may also be conjugated to active drug substances, for example, aspirin, warfarin, phenylbutazone, ibuprofen, suprofen, fenbufen, ketoprofen, (S)-(+)-pranoprofen, carprofen, dansylsarcosine, 2,3,5-triiodobenzoic acid, flufenamic acid, folinic acid, a benzothiadiazide, chlorothiazide, a diazepine, indomethicin, a barbiturate, a cephalosporin, a sulfa drug, an antidiabetic, an antibacterial or an antibiotic. Oligonucleotide-drug conjugates and their preparation are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/334,130 (filed Jun. 15, 1999) which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such oligonucleotide conjugates include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,828,979; 4,948,882; 5,218,105; 5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,578,717, 5,580,731; 5,580,731; 5,591,584; 5,109,124; 5,118,802; 5,138,045; 5,414,077; 5,486,603; 5,512,439; 5,578,718; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,605,735; 4,667,025; 4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582; 4,958,013; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,245,022; 5,254,469; 5,258,506; 5,262,536; 5,272,250; 5,292,873; 5,317,098; 5,371,241, 5,391,723; 5,416,203, 5,451,463; 5,510,475; 5,512,667; 5,514,785; 5,565,552; 5,567,810; 5,574,142; 5,585,481; 5,587,371; 5,595,726; 5,597,696; 5,599,923; 5,599,928 and 5,688,941, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
    • Chimeric Compounds
  • It is not necessary for all positions in a given compound to be uniformly modified, and in fact more than one of the aforementioned modifications may be incorporated in a single compound or even at a single nucleoside within an oligonucleotide.
  • The present invention also includes antisense compounds which are chimeric compounds. “Chimeric” antisense compounds or “chimeras,” in the context of this invention, are antisense compounds, particularly oligonucleotides, which contain two or more chemically distinct regions, each made up of at least one monomer unit, i.e., a nucleotide in the case of an oligonucleotide compound. These oligonucleotides typically contain at least one region wherein the oligonucleotide is modified so as to confer upon the oligonucleotide increased resistance to nuclease degradation, increased cellular uptake, increased stability and/or increased binding affinity for the target nucleic acid. An additional region of the oligonucleotide may serve as a substrate for enzymes capable of cleaving RNA:DNA or RNA:RNA hybrids. By way of example, RNAse H is a cellular endonuclease which cleaves the RNA strand of an RNA:DNA duplex. Activation of RNase H, therefore, results in cleavage of the RNA target, thereby greatly enhancing the efficiency of oligonucleotide-mediated inhibition of gene expression. The cleavage of RNA:RNA hybrids can, in like fashion, be accomplished through the actions of endoribonucleases, such as RNAseL which cleaves both cellular and viral RNA. Cleavage of the RNA target can be routinely detected by gel electrophoresis and, if necessary, associated nucleic acid hybridization techniques known in the art.
  • Chimeric antisense compounds of the invention may be formed as composite structures of two or more oligonucleotides, modified oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides and/or oligonucleotide mimetics as described above. Such compounds have also been referred to in the art as hybrids or gapmers. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such hybrid structures include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,013,830; 5,149,797; 5,220,007; 5,256,775; 5,366,878; 5,403,711; 5,491,133; 5,565,350; 5,623,065; 5,652,355; 5,652,356; and 5,700,922, certain of which are commonly owned with the instant application, and each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
    • G. Formulations
  • The compounds of the invention may also be admixed, encapsulated, conjugated or otherwise associated with other molecules, molecule structures or mixtures of compounds, as for example, liposomes, receptor-targeted molecules, oral, rectal, topical or other formulations, for assisting in uptake, distribution and/or absorption. Representative United States patents that teach the preparation of such uptake, distribution and/or absorption-assisting formulations include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,108,921; 5,354,844; 5,416,016; 5,459,127; 5,521,291; 5,543,158; 5,547,932; 5,583,020; 5,591,721; 4,426,330; 4,534,899; 5,013,556; 5,108,921; 5,213,804; 5,227,170; 5,264,221; 5,356,633; 5,395,619; 5,416,016; 5,417,978; 5,462,854; 5,469,854; 5,512,295; 5,527,528; 5,534,259; 5,543,152; 5,556,948; 5,580,575; and 5,595,756, each of which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • The antisense compounds of the invention encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters, or any other compound which, upon administration to an animal, including a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active metabolite or residue thereof. Accordingly, for example, the disclosure is also drawn to prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such prodrugs, and other bioequivalents.
  • The term “prodrug” indicates a therapeutic agent that is prepared in an inactive form that is converted to an active form (i.e., drug) within the body or cells thereof by the action of endogenous enzymes or other chemicals and/or conditions. In particular, prodrug versions of the oligonucleotides of the invention are prepared as SATE [(S-acetyl-2-thioethyl) phosphate] derivatives according to the methods disclosed in WO 93/24510 to Gosselin et al., published Dec. 9, 1993 or in WO 94/26764 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,713 to Imbach et al.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to physiologically and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention: i.e., salts that retain the desired biological activity of the parent compound and do not impart undesired toxicological effects thereto. For oligonucleotides, preferred examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and formulations which include the antisense compounds of the invention. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration may be topical (including ophthalmic and to mucous membranes including vaginal and rectal delivery), pulmonary, e.g., by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal), oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection or infusion; or intracranial, e.g., intrathecal or intraventricular, administration. Oligonucleotides with at least one 2′-O-methoxyethyl modification are believed to be particularly useful for oral administration. Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations for topical administration may include transdermal patches, ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable. Coated condoms, gloves and the like may also be useful.
  • The pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention, which may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form, may be prepared according to conventional techniques well known in the pharmaceutical industry. Such techniques include the step of bringing into association the active ingredients with the pharmaceutical carrier(s) or excipient(s). In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredients with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • The compositions of the present invention may be formulated into any of many possible dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gel capsules, liquid syrups, soft gels, suppositories, and enemas. The compositions of the present invention may also be formulated as suspensions in aqueous, non-aqueous or mixed media. Aqueous suspensions may further contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension including, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran. The suspension may also contain stabilizers.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, solutions, emulsions, foams and liposome-containing formulations. The pharmaceutical compositions and formulations of the present invention may comprise one or more penetration enhancers, carriers, excipients or other active or inactive ingredients.
  • Emulsions are typically heterogenous systems of one liquid dispersed in another in the form of droplets usually exceeding 0.1 μm in diameter. Emulsions may contain additional components in addition to the dispersed phases, and the active drug which may be present as a solution in either the aqueous phase, oily phase or itself as a separate phase. Microemulsions are included as an embodiment of the present invention. Emulsions and their uses are well known in the art and are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • Formulations of the present invention include liposomal formulations. As used in the present invention, the term “liposome” means a vesicle composed of amphiphilic lipids arranged in a spherical bilayer or bilayers. Liposomes are unilamellar or multilamellar vesicles which have a membrane formed from a lipophilic material and an aqueous interior that contains the composition to be delivered. Cationic liposomes are positively charged liposomes which are believed to interact with negatively charged DNA molecules to form a stable complex. Liposomes that are pH-sensitive or negatively-charged are believed to entrap DNA rather than complex with it. Both cationic and noncationic liposomes have been used to deliver DNA to cells.
  • Liposomes also include “sterically stabilized” liposomes, a term which, as used herein, refers to liposomes comprising one or more specialized lipids that, when incorporated into liposomes, result in enhanced circulation lifetimes relative to liposomes lacking such specialized lipids. Examples of sterically stabilized liposomes are those in which part of the vesicle-forming lipid portion of the liposome comprises one or more glycolipids or is derivatized with one or more hydrophilic polymers, such as a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety. Liposomes and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • The pharmaceutical formulations and compositions of the present invention may also include surfactants. The use of surfactants in drug products, formulations and in emulsions is well known in the art. Surfactants and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention employs various penetration enhancers to effect the efficient delivery of nucleic acids, particularly oligonucleotides. In addition to aiding the diffusion of non-lipophilic drugs across cell membranes, penetration enhancers also enhance the permeability of lipophilic drugs. Penetration enhancers may be classified as belonging to one of five broad categories, i.e., surfactants, fatty acids, bile salts, chelating agents, and non-chelating non-surfactants. Penetration enhancers and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • One of skill in the art will recognize that formulations are routinely designed according to their intended use, i.e. route of administration.
  • Preferred formulations for topical administration include those in which the oligonucleotides of the invention are in admixture with a topical delivery agent such as lipids, liposomes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters, steroids, chelating agents and surfactants. Preferred lipids and liposomes include neutral (e.g. dioleoylphosphatidyl DOPE ethanolamine, dimyristoylphosphatidyl choline DMPC, distearolyphosphatidyl choline) negative (e.g. dimyristoylphosphatidyl glycerol DMPG) and cationic (e.g. dioleoyltetramethylaminopropyl DOTAP and dioleoylphosphatidyl ethanolamine DOTMA).
  • For topical or other administration, oligonucleotides of the invention may be encapsulated within liposomes or may form complexes thereto, in particular to cationic liposomes. Alternatively, oligonucleotides may be complexed to lipids, in particular to cationic lipids. Preferred fatty acids and esters, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • Compositions and formulations for oral administration include powders or granules, microparticulates, nanoparticulates, suspensions or solutions in water or non-aqueous media, capsules, gel capsules, sachets, tablets or minitablets. Thickeners, flavoring agents, diluents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or binders may be desirable. Preferred oral formulations are those in which oligonucleotides of the invention are administered in conjunction with one or more penetration enhancers surfactants and chelators. Preferred surfactants include fatty acids and/or esters or salts thereof, bile acids and/or salts thereof. Preferred bile acids/salts and fatty acids and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. Also preferred are combinations of penetration enhancers, for example, fatty acids/salts in combination with bile acids/salts. A particularly preferred combination is the sodium salt of lauric acid, capric acid and UDCA. Further penetration enhancers include polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene-20-cetyl ether. Oligonucleotides of the invention may be delivered orally, in granular form including sprayed dried particles, or complexed to form micro or nanoparticles. Oligonucleotide complexing agents and their uses are further described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,287,860, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. Oral formulations for oligonucleotides and their preparation are described in detail in U.S. application Ser. Nos. 09/108,673 (filed Jul. 1, 1998), 09/315,298 (filed May 20, 1999) and 10/071,822, filed Feb. 8, 2002, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • Compositions and formulations for parenteral, intrathecal or intraventricular administration may include sterile aqueous solutions which may also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives such as, but not limited to, penetration enhancers, carrier compounds and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • Certain embodiments of the invention provide pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more oligomeric compounds and one or more other chemotherapeutic agents which function by a non-antisense mechanism. Examples of such chemotherapeutic agents include but are not limited to cancer chemotherapeutic drugs such as daunorubicin, daunomycin, dactinomycin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, esorubicin, bleomycin, mafosfamide, ifosfamide, cytosine arabinoside, bis-chloroethylnitrosurea, busulfan, mitomycin C, actinomycin D, mithramycin, prednisone, hydroxyprogesterone, testosterone, tamoxifen, dacarbazine, procarbazine, hexamethylmelamine, pentamethylmelamine, mitoxantrone, amsacrine, chlorambucil, methylcyclohexylnitrosurea, nitrogen mustards, melphalan, cyclophosphamide, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-azacytidine, hydroxyurea, deoxycoformycin, 4-hydroxyperoxycyclophosphoramide, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine (5-FUdR), methotrexate (MTX), colchicine, taxol, vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide (VP-16), trimetrexate, irinotecan, topotecan, gemcitabine, teniposide, cisplatin and diethylstilbestrol (DES). When used with the compounds of the invention, such chemotherapeutic agents may be used individually (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide), sequentially (e.g., 5-FU and oligonucleotide for a period of time followed by MTX and oligonucleotide), or in combination with one or more other such chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., 5-FU, MTX and oligonucleotide, or 5-FU, radiotherapy and oligonucleotide). Anti-inflammatory drugs, including but not limited to nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and corticosteroids, and antiviral drugs, including but not limited to ribivirin, vidarabine, acyclovir and ganciclovir, may also be combined in compositions of the invention. Combinations of antisense compounds and other non-antisense drugs are also within the scope of this invention. Two or more combined compounds may be used together or sequentially.
  • In another related embodiment, compositions of the invention may contain one or more antisense compounds, particularly oligonucleotides, targeted to a first nucleic acid and one or more additional antisense compounds targeted to a second nucleic acid target. Alternatively, compositions of the invention may contain two or more antisense compounds targeted to different regions of the same nucleic acid target. Numerous examples of antisense compounds are known in the art. Two or more combined compounds may be used together or sequentially.
    • H. Dosing
  • The formulation of therapeutic compositions and their subsequent administration (dosing) is believed to be within the skill of those in the art. Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the disease state to be treated, with the course of treatment lasting from several days to several months, or until a cure is effected or a diminution of the disease state is achieved. Optimal dosing schedules can be calculated from measurements of drug accumulation in the body of the patient. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates. Optimum dosages may vary depending on the relative potency of individual oligonucleotides, and can generally be estimated based on EC50s found to be effective in in vitro and in vivo animal models. In general, dosage is from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, and may be given once or more daily, weekly, monthly or yearly, or even once every 2 to 20 years. Persons of ordinary skill in the art can easily estimate repetition rates for dosing based on measured residence times and concentrations of the drug in bodily fluids or tissues. Following successful treatment, it may be desirable to have the patient undergo maintenance therapy to prevent the recurrence of the disease state, wherein the oligonucleotide is administered in maintenance doses, ranging from 0.01 ug to 100 g per kg of body weight, once or more daily, to once every 20 years.
  • While the present invention has been described with specificity in accordance with certain of its preferred embodiments, the following examples serve only to illustrate the invention and are not intended to limit the same.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Synthesis of Nucleoside Phosphoramidites
  • The following compounds, including amidites and their intermediates were prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,426,220 and published PCT WO 02/36743; 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-thymidine intermediate for 5-methyl dC amidite, 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-deoxy-5-methylcytidine intermediate for 5-methyl-dC amidite, 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-deoxy-N4-benzoyl-5-methylcytidine penultimate intermediate for 5-methyl dC amidite, [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-deoxy-N4-benzoyl-5-methylcytidin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (5-methyl dC amidite), 2′-Fluorodeoxyadenosine, 2′-Fluorodeoxyguanosine, 2′-Fluorouridine, 2′-Fluorodeoxycytidine, 2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl) modified amidites, 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methyluridine intermediate, 5′-O-DMT-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methyluridine penultimate intermediate, [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methyluridin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE T amidite), 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-methylcytidine intermediate, 5′-O-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-benzoyl-5-methyl-cytidine penultimate intermediate, [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-benzoyl-5-methylcytidin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE 5-Me-C amidite), [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N6-benzoyladenosin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE A amdite), [5′-O-(4,4′-Dimethoxytriphenylmethyl)-2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)-N4-isobutyrylguanosin-3′-O-yl]-2-cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite (MOE G amidite), 2′-O-(Aminooxyethyl) nucleoside amidites and 2′-O-(dimethylaminooxyethyl) nucleoside amidites, 2′-(Dimethylaminooxyethoxy) nucleoside amidites, 5′-O-tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl-O2-2′-anhydro-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl-2′-O-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-methyluridine, 2′-O-([2-phthalimidoxy)ethyl]-5′-t-butyldiphenylsilyl-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-tert-butyldiphenylsilyl-2′-O-[(2-formadoximinooxy)ethyl]-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-tert-Butyldiphenylsilyl-2′-O—[N,N dimethylaminooxyethyl]-5-methyluridine, 2′-O-(dimethylaminooxyethyl)-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-DMT-2′-O-(dimethylaminooxyethyl)-5-methyluridine, 5′-O-DMT-2′-O-(2-N,N-dimethylaminooxyethyl)-5-methyluridine-3′-[(2-cyanoethyl)-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite], 2′-(Aminooxyethoxy) nucleoside amidites, N2-isobutyryl-6-O-diphenylcarbamoyl-2′-O-(2-ethylacetyl)-5′-O-(4,4′-dimethoxytrityl)guanosine-3′-[(2-cyanoethyl)-N,N-diisopropylphosphoramidite], 2′-dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy (2′-DMAEOE) nucleoside amidites, 2′-O-[2(2-N,N-dimethylaminoethoxy)ethyl]-5-methyl uridine, 5′-O-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-[2(2-N,N-dimethylaminoethoxy)-ethyl)]-5-methyl uridine and 5′-O-Dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-[2(2-N,N-dimethylaminoethoxy)-ethyl)]-5-methyl uridine-3′-O-(cyanoethyl-N,N-diisopropyl)phosphoramidite.
    • Example 2 Oligonucleotide and Oligonucleoside Synthesis
  • The antisense compounds used in accordance with this invention may be conveniently and routinely made through the well-known technique of solid phase synthesis. Equipment for such synthesis is sold by several vendors including, for example, Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.). Any other means for such synthesis known in the art may additionally or alternatively be employed. It is well known to use similar techniques to prepare oligonucleotides such as the phosphorothioates and alkylated derivatives.
  • Oligonucleotides: Unsubstituted and substituted phosphodiester (P═O) oligonucleotides are synthesized on an automated DNA synthesizer (Applied Biosystems model 394) using standard phosphoramidite chemistry with oxidation by iodine.
  • Phosphorothioates (P═S) are synthesized similar to phosphodiester oligonucleotides with the following exceptions: thiation was effected by utilizing a 10% w/v solution of 3,H-1,2-benzodithiole-3-one 1,1-dioxide in acetonitrile for the oxidation of the phosphite linkages. The thiation reaction step time was increased to 180 sec and preceded by the normal capping step. After cleavage from the CPG column and deblocking in concentrated ammonium hydroxide at 55° C. (12-16 hr), the oligonucleotides were recovered by precipitating with >3 volumes of ethanol from a 1 M NH4OAc solution. Phosphinate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,270, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Alkyl phosphonate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,469,863, herein incorporated by reference.
  • 3′-Deoxy-3′-methylene phosphonate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,610,289 or 5,625,050, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Phosphoramidite oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,256,775 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,366,878, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Alkylphosphonothioate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in published PCT applications PCT/US94/00902 and PCT/US93/06976 (published as WO 94/17093 and WO 94/02499, respectively), herein incorporated by reference.
  • 3′-Deoxy-3′-amino phosphoramidate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,476,925, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Phosphotriester oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,023,243, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Borano phosphate oligonucleotides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,130,302 and 5,177,198, both herein incorporated by reference.
  • Oligonucleosides: Methylenemethylimino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MMI linked oligonucleosides, methylenedimethylhydrazo linked oligonucleosides, also identified as MDH linked oligonucleosides, and methylenecarbonylamino linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-3 linked oligonucleosides, and methyleneaminocarbonyl linked oligonucleosides, also identified as amide-4 linked oligo-nucleosides, as well as mixed backbone compounds having, for instance, alternating MMI and P═O or P═S linkages are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,378,825, 5,386,023, 5,489,677, 5,602,240 and 5,610,289, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • Formacetal and thioformacetal linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,264,562 and 5,264,564, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Ethylene oxide linked oligonucleosides are prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,618, herein incorporated by reference.
    • Example 3 RNA Synthesis
  • In general, RNA synthesis chemistry is based on the selective incorporation of various protecting groups at strategic intermediary reactions. Although one of ordinary skill in the art will understand the use of protecting groups in organic synthesis, a useful class of protecting groups includes silyl ethers. In particular bulky silyl ethers are used to protect the 5′-hydroxyl in combination with an acid-labile orthoester protecting group on the 2′-hydroxyl. This set of protecting groups is then used with standard solid-phase synthesis technology. It is important to lastly remove the acid labile orthoester protecting group after all other synthetic steps. Moreover, the early use of the silyl protecting groups during synthesis ensures facile removal when desired, without undesired deprotection of 2′ hydroxyl.
  • Following this procedure for the sequential protection of the 5′-hydroxyl in combination with protection of the 2′-hydroxyl by protecting groups that are differentially removed and are differentially chemically labile, RNA oligonucleotides were synthesized.
  • RNA oligonucleotides are synthesized in a stepwise fashion. Each nucleotide is added sequentially (3′- to 5′-direction) to a solid support-bound oligonucleotide. The first nucleoside at the 3′-end of the chain is covalently attached to a solid support. The nucleotide precursor, a ribonucleoside phosphoramidite, and activator are added, coupling the second base onto the 5′-end of the first nucleoside. The support is washed and any unreacted 5′-hydroxyl groups are capped with acetic anhydride to yield 5′-acetyl moieties. The linkage is then oxidized to the more stable and ultimately desired P(V) linkage. At the end of the nucleotide addition cycle, the 5′-silyl group is cleaved with fluoride. The cycle is repeated for each subsequent nucleotide.
  • Following synthesis, the methyl protecting groups on the phosphates are cleaved in 30 minutes utilizing 1 M disodium-2-carbamoyl-2-cyanoethylene-1,1-dithiolate trihydrate (S2Na2) in DMF. The deprotection solution is washed from the solid support-bound oligonucleotide using water. The support is then treated with 40% methylamine in water for 10 minutes at 55° C. This releases the RNA oligonucleotides into solution, deprotects the exocyclic amines, and modifies the 2′-groups. The oligonucleotides can be analyzed by anion exchange HPLC at this stage.
  • The 2′-orthoester groups are the last protecting groups to be removed. The ethylene glycol monoacetate orthoester protecting group developed by Dharmacon Research, Inc. (Lafayette, Colo.), is one example of a useful orthoester protecting group which, has the following important properties. It is stable to the conditions of nucleoside phosphoramidite synthesis and oligonucleotide synthesis. However, after oligonucleotide synthesis the oligonucleotide is treated with methylamine which not only cleaves the oligonucleotide from the solid support but also removes the acetyl groups from the orthoesters. The resulting 2-ethyl-hydroxyl substituents on the orthoester are less electron withdrawing than the acetylated precursor. As a result, the modified orthoester becomes more labile to acid-catalyzed hydrolysis. Specifically, the rate of cleavage is approximately 10 times faster after the acetyl groups are removed. Therefore, this orthoester possesses sufficient stability in order to be compatible with oligonucleotide synthesis and yet, when subsequently modified, permits deprotection to be carried out under relatively mild aqueous conditions compatible with the final RNA oligonucleotide product.
  • Additionally, methods of RNA synthesis are well known in the art (Scaringe, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Colorado, 1996; Scaringe et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 120: 11820-11821; 1998; Matteucci and Caruthers, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103: 3185-3191, 1981; Beaucage and Caruthers, Tetrahedron Lett. 22: 1859-1862, 1981; Dahl et al., Acta Chem. Scand. 44: 639-641; 1990, Reddy et al., Tetrahedrom Lett. 25: 4311-4314, 1994; Wincott et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 23: 2677-2684, 1995; Griffin et al., Tetrahedron 23: 2301-2313, 1967a; Griffin et al., Tetrahedron 23: 2315-2331, 1967b).
  • RNA antisense compounds (RNA oligonucleotides) of the present invention can be synthesized by the methods herein or purchased from Dharmacon Research, Inc (Lafayette, Colo.). Once synthesized, complementary RNA antisense compounds can then be annealed by methods known in the art to form double stranded (duplexed) antisense compounds. For example, duplexes can be formed by combining 30 μl of each of the complementary strands of RNA oligonucleotides (50 uM RNA oligonucleotide solution) and 15 μl of 5× annealing buffer (100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, 2 mM magnesium acetate) followed by heating for 1 minute at 90° C., then 1 hour at 37° C. The resulting duplexed antisense compounds can be used in kits, assays, screens, or other methods to investigate the role of a target nucleic acid.
    • Example 4 Synthesis of Chimeric Oligonucleotides
  • Chimeric oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides or mixed oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides of the invention can be of several different types. These include a first type wherein the “gap” segment of linked nucleosides is positioned between 5′ and 3′ “wing” segments of linked nucleosides and a second “open end” type wherein the “gap” segment is located at either the 3′ or the 5′ terminus of the oligomeric compound. Oligonucleotides of the first type are also known in the art as “gapmers” or gapped oligonucleotides. Oligonucleotides of the second type are also known in the art as “hemimers” or “wingmers”.
    • [2′-O-Me]-[2′-deoxy]-[2′-O-Me]Chimeric Phosphorothioate Oligonucleotides
  • Chimeric oligonucleotides having 2′-O-alkyl phosphorothioate and 2′-deoxy phosphorothioate oligonucleotide segments are synthesized using an Applied Biosystems automated DNA synthesizer Model 394, as above. Oligonucleotides are synthesized using the automated synthesizer and 2′-deoxy-5′-dimethoxytrityl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for the DNA portion and 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite for 5′ and 3′ wings. The standard synthesis cycle is modified by incorporating coupling steps with increased reaction times for the 5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-O-methyl-3′-O-phosphoramidite. The fully protected oligonucleotide is cleaved from the support and deprotected in concentrated ammonia (NH4OH) for 12-16 hr at 55° C. The deprotected oligo is then recovered by an appropriate method (precipitation, column chromatography, volume reduced in vacuo and analyzed spetrophotometrically for yield and for purity by capillary electrophoresis and by mass spectrometry.
    • [2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl)]-[2′-deoxy]-[2′-O-(Methoxyethyl)]Chimeric Phosphorothioate Oligonucleotides
  • [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl)]-[2′-deoxy]-[2′-O-(methoxyethyl)]chimeric phosphorothioate oligonucleotides were prepared as per the procedure above for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide, with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites.
    • [2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl)Phosphodiester]-[2′-deoxy Phosphorothioate]-[2′-O-(2-Methoxyethyl)Phosphodiester]Chimeric Oligonucleotides
  • [2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl phosphodiester]-[2′-deoxy phosphorothioate]-[2′-O-(methoxyethyl)phosphodiester]chimeric oligonucleotides are prepared as per the above procedure for the 2′-O-methyl chimeric oligonucleotide with the substitution of 2′-O-(methoxyethyl) amidites for the 2′-O-methyl amidites, oxidation with iodine to generate the phosphodiester internucleotide linkages within the wing portions of the chimeric structures and sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3- one 1,1 dioxide (Beaucage Reagent) to generate the phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages for the center gap.
  • Other chimeric oligonucleotides, chimeric oligonucleosides and mixed chimeric oligonucleotides/oligonucleosides are synthesized according to U.S. Pat. No. 5,623,065, herein incorporated by reference.
    • Example 5 Design and Screening of Duplexed Antisense Compounds Targeting IGF-IR mRNA
  • In accordance with the present invention, a series of nucleic acid duplexes comprising the antisense compounds of the present invention and their complements can be designed to target IGF-IR mRNA. The nucleobase sequence of the antisense strand of the duplex comprises at least a portion of an oligonucleotide selected from SEQ ID NOs:1 through 76 and SEQ ID NO:100 through 136 shown in Table 1 including preferred ASO's ISIS 175308, 175302, 175314, 175307, 175317, 175323, 232744, 323747, 323767, 323762 and 323737. The ends of the strands may be modified by the addition of one or more natural or modified nucleobases to form an overhang. The sense strand of the dsRNA is then designed and synthesized as the complement of the antisense strand and may also contain modifications or additions to either terminus. For example, in one embodiment, both strands of the dsRNA duplex would be complementary over the central nucleobases, each having overhangs at one or both termini.
  • For example, a duplex comprising an antisense strand having the sequence CGAGAGGCGGACGGGACCG and having a two-nucleobase overhang of deoxythymidine (dT) would have the following structure:
  • Figure US20130096176A1-20130418-C00001
  • RNA strands of the duplex can be synthesized by methods disclosed herein or purchased from Dharmacon Research Inc., (Lafayette, Colo.). Once synthesized, the complementary strands are annealed. The single strands are aliquoted and diluted to a concentration of 50 uM. Once diluted, 30 uL of each strand is combined with 15 uL of a 5× solution of annealing buffer. The final concentration of said buffer is 100 mM potassium acetate, 30 mM HEPES-KOH pH 7.4, and 2 mM magnesium acetate. The final volume is 75 uL. This solution is incubated for 1 minute at 90° C. and then centrifuged for 15 seconds. The tube is allowed to sit for 1 hour at 37° C. at which time the dsRNA duplexes are used in experimentation. The final concentration of the dsRNA duplex is 20 uM. This solution can be stored frozen (−20° C.) and freeze-thawed up to 5 times.
  • Once prepared, the duplexed antisense compounds are evaluated for their ability to modulate IGF-IR gene expression.
  • When cells reached 80% confluency, they are treated with duplexed antisense compounds of the invention. For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells are washed once with 200 μL OPTI-MEM-1 reduced-serum medium (Gibco BRL) and then treated with 130 μL of OPTI-MEM-1 containing 12 μg/mL LIPOFECTIN (Gibco BRL) and the desired duplex antisense compound at a final concentration of 200 nM. After 5 hours of treatment, the medium is replaced with fresh medium. Cells are harvested 16 hours after treatment, at which time RNA is isolated and target reduction measured by RT-PCR.
    • Example 6 Oligonucleotide Isolation
  • After cleavage from the controlled pore glass solid support and deblocking in concentrated ammonium hydroxide at 55° C. for 12-16 hours, the oligonucleotides or oligonucleosides are recovered by precipitation out of 1 M NH4OAc with >3 volumes of ethanol. Synthesized oligonucleotides were analyzed by electrospray mass spectroscopy (molecular weight determination) and by capillary gel electrophoresis and judged to be at least 70% full length material. The relative amounts of phosphorothioate and phosphodiester linkages obtained in the synthesis was determined by the ratio of correct molecular weight relative to the −16 amu product (+/−32+/−48). For some studies oligonucleotides were purified by HPLC, as described by Chiang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266: 18162-18171, 1991. Results obtained with HPLC-purified material were similar to those obtained with non-HPLC purified material.
    • Example 7 Oligonucleotide Synthesis 96 Well Plate Format
  • Oligonucleotides were synthesized via solid phase P(III) phosphoramidite chemistry on an automated synthesizer capable of assembling 96 sequences simultaneously in a 96-well format. Phosphodiester internucleotide linkages were afforded by oxidation with aqueous iodine. Phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages were generated by sulfurization utilizing 3,H-1,2 benzodithiole-3- one 1,1 dioxide (Beaucage Reagent) in anhydrous acetonitrile. Standard base-protected beta-cyanoethyl-diiso-propyl phosphoramidites were purchased from commercial vendors (e.g. PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., or Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.). Non-standard nucleosides are synthesized as per standard or patented methods. They are utilized as base protected beta-cyanoethyldiisopropyl phosphoramidites.
  • Oligonucleotides were cleaved from support and deprotected with concentrated NH4OH at elevated temperature (55-60° C.) for 12-16 hours and the released product then dried in vacuo. The dried product was then re-suspended in sterile water to afford a master plate from which all analytical and test plate samples are then diluted utilizing robotic pipettors.
    • Example 8 Oligonucleotide Analysis 96-Well Plate Format
  • The concentration of oligonucleotide in each well was assessed by dilution of samples and UV absorption spectroscopy. The full-length integrity of the individual products was evaluated by capillary electrophoresis (CE) in either the 96-well format (Beckman P/ACE (trademark) MDQ) or, for individually prepared samples, on a commercial CE apparatus (e.g., Beckman P/ACE (trademark) 5000, ABI 270). Base and backbone composition was confirmed by mass analysis of the compounds utilizing electrospray-mass spectroscopy. All assay test plates were diluted from the master plate using single and multi-channel robotic pipettors. Plates were judged to be acceptable if at least 85% of the compounds on the plate were at least 85% full length.
    • Example 9 Cell Culture and Oligonucleotide Treatment
  • The effect of antisense compounds on target nucleic acid expression can be tested in any of a variety of cell types provided that the target nucleic acid is present at measurable levels. This can be routinely determined using, for example, PCR or Northern blot analysis. The following cell types are provided for illustrative purposes, but other cell types can be routinely used, provided that the target is expressed in the cell type chosen. This can be readily determined by methods routine in the art, for example Northern blot analysis, ribonuclease protection assays, or RT-PCR.
    • T-24 Cells:
  • The human transitional cell bladder carcinoma cell line T-24 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). T-24 cells were routinely cultured in complete McCoy's 5A basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% w/v fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence. Cells were seeded into 96-well plates (Falcon-Primaria #353872) at a density of 7000 cells/well for use in RT-PCR analysis.
  • For Northern blotting or other analysis, cells may be seeded onto 100 mm or other standard tissue culture plates and treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of medium and oligonucleotide.
    • A549 Cells:
  • The human lung carcinoma cell line A549 was obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, Va.). A549 cells were routinely cultured in DMEM basal media (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.), penicillin 100 units per mL, and streptomycin 100 micrograms per mL (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.). Cells were routinely passaged by trypsinization and dilution when they reached 90% confluence.
    • NHDF Cells:
  • Human neonatal dermal fibroblast (NHDF) were obtained from the Clonetics Corporation (Walkersville, Md.). NHDFs were routinely maintained in Fibroblast Growth Medium (Clonetics Corporation, Walkersville, Md.) supplemented as recommended by the supplier. Cells were maintained for up to 10 passages as recommended by the supplier.
    • HEK Cells:
  • Human embryonic keratinocytes (HEK) were obtained from the Clonetics Corporation (Walkersville, Md.). HEKs were routinely maintained in Keratinocyte Growth Medium (Clonetics Corporation, Walkersville, Md.) formulated as recommended by the supplier. Cells were routinely maintained for up to 10 passages as recommended by the supplier.
  • Treatment with Antisense Compounds
  • When cells reached 65-75% confluency, they were treated with oligonucleotide. For cells grown in 96-well plates, wells were washed once with 100 μL OPTI-MEM (trademark)-1 reduced-serum medium (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) and then treated with 130 μL of OPTI-MEM (trademark)-1 containing 3.75 μg/mL LIPOFECTIN (trademark) (Invitrogen Corporation, Carlsbad, Calif.) and the desired concentration of oligonucleotide. Cells are treated and data are obtained in triplicate. After 4-7 hours of treatment at 37° C., the medium was replaced with fresh medium. Cells were harvested 16-24 hours after oligonucleotide treatment.
  • The concentration of oligonucleotide used varies from cell line to cell line. To determine the optimal oligonucleotide concentration for a particular cell line, the cells are treated with a positive control oligonucleotide at a range of concentrations.
  • For human cells the positive control oligonucleotide is selected from either ISIS 13920 (TCCGTCATCGCTCCTCAGGG, SEQ ID NO:79) which is targeted to human H-ras, or ISIS 18078, (GTGCGCGCGAGCCCGAAATC, SEQ ID NO:80) which is targeted to human Jun-N-terminal kinase-2 (JNK2). Both controls are 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmers (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone. For mouse or rat cells the positive control oligonucleotide is ISIS 15770, ATGCATTCTGCCCCCAAGGA, SEQ ID NO:81, a 2′-O-methoxyethyl gapmer (2′-O-methoxyethyls shown in bold) with a phosphorothioate backbone which is targeted to both mouse and rat c-raf. The concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 80% inhibition of c-H-ras (for ISIS 13920), JNK2 (for ISIS 18078) or c-raf (for ISIS 15770) mRNA is then utilized as the screening concentration for new oligonucleotides in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 80% inhibition is not achieved, the lowest concentration of positive control oligonucleotide that results in 60% inhibition of c-H-ras, JNK2 or c-raf mRNA is then utilized as the oligonucleotide screening concentration in subsequent experiments for that cell line. If 60% inhibition is not achieved, that particular cell line is deemed as unsuitable for oligonucleotide transfection experiments. The concentrations of antisense oligonucleotides used herein are from 50 nM to 300 nM.
    • Example 10 Analysis of Oligonucleotide Inhibition of IGF-IR Gene Expression
  • Antisense modulation of IGF-IR gene expression can be assayed in a variety of ways known in the art. For example, IGF-IR mRNA levels can be quantitated by, e.g., Northern blot analysis, competitive polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or real-time PCR(RT-PCR). Real-time quantitative PCR is presently preferred. RNA analysis can be performed on total cellular RNA or poly(A)+ mRNA. The preferred method of RNA analysis of the present invention is the use of total cellular RNA as described in other examples herein. Methods of RNA isolation are well known in the art. Northern blot analysis is also routine in the art. Real-time quantitative (PCR) can be conveniently accomplished using the commercially available ABI PRISM (trademark) 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System, available from PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif. and used according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • Protein levels of IGF-IR can be quantitated in a variety of ways well known in the art, such as immunoprecipitation, Western blot analysis (immunoblotting), enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS). Antibodies directed to IGF-IR can be identified and obtained from a variety of sources, such as the MSRS catalog of antibodies (Aerie Corporation, Birmingham, Mich.), or can be prepared via conventional monoclonal or polyclonal antibody generation methods well known in the art.
    • Example 11 Design of Phenotypic Assays and In Vivo Studies for the Use of IGF-IR Gene Expression Inhibitors Phenotypic Assays
  • Once IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors have been identified by the methods disclosed herein, the compounds are further investigated in one or more phenotypic assays, each having measurable endpoints predictive of efficacy in the treatment of a particular disease state or condition.
  • Phenotypic assays, kits and reagents for their use are well known to those skilled in the art and are herein used to investigate the role and/or association of IGF-IR in health and disease. Representative phenotypic assays, which can be purchased from any one of several commercial vendors, include those for determining cell viability, cytotoxicity, proliferation or cell survival (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; PerkinElmer, Boston, Mass.), protein-based assays including enzymatic assays (Panvera, LLC, Madison, Wis.; BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J.; Oncogene Research Products, San Diego, Calif.), cell regulation, signal transduction, inflammation, oxidative processes and apoptosis (Assay Designs Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.), triglyceride accumulation (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.), angiogenesis assays, tube formation assays, cytokine and hormone assays and metabolic assays (Chemicon International Inc., Temecula, Calif.; Amersham Biosciences, Piscataway, N.J.).
  • In one non-limiting example, cells determined to be appropriate for a particular phenotypic assay (i.e., MCF-7 cells selected for breast cancer studies; adipocytes for obesity studies) are treated with IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors identified from the in vitro studies as well as control compounds at optimal concentrations which are determined by the methods described above. At the end of the treatment period, treated and untreated cells are analyzed by one or more methods specific for the assay to determine phenotypic outcomes and endpoints.
  • Phenotypic endpoints include changes in cell morphology over time or treatment dose as well as changes in levels of cellular components such as proteins, lipids, nucleic acids, hormones, saccharides or metals. Measurements of cellular status which include pH, stage of the cell cycle, intake or excretion of biological indicators by the cell, are also endpoints of interest.
  • Analysis of the genotype of the cell (measurement of the expression of one or more of the genes of the cell) after treatment is also used as an indicator of the efficacy or potency of the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitors. Hallmark genes, or those genes suspected to be associated with a specific disease state, condition, or phenotype, are measured in both treated and untreated cells.
    • In Vivo Studies
  • The individual subjects of the in vivo studies described herein are warm-blooded vertebrate animals, which includes humans.
  • The clinical trial is subjected to rigorous controls to ensure that individuals are not unnecessarily put at risk and that they are fully informed about their role in the study. To account for the psychological effects of receiving treatments, volunteers are randomly given placebo or IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor. Furthermore, to prevent the doctors from being biased in treatments, they are not informed as to whether the medication they are administering is a IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor or a placebo. Using this randomization approach, each volunteer has the same chance of being given either the new treatment or the placebo.
  • Volunteers receive either the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor or placebo for eight week period with biological parameters associated with the indicated disease state or condition being measured at the beginning (baseline measurements before any treatment), end (after the final treatment), and at regular intervals during the study period. Such measurements include the levels of nucleic acid molecules encoding IGF-IR or IGF-IR protein levels in body fluids, tissues or organs compared to pre-treatment levels. Other measurements include, but are not limited to, indices of the disease state or condition being treated, body weight, blood pressure, serum titers of pharmacologic indicators of disease or toxicity as well as ADME (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion) measurements.
  • Information recorded for each patient includes age (years), gender, height (cm), family history of disease state or condition (yes/no), motivation rating (some/moderate/great) and number and type of previous treatment regimens for the indicated disease or condition.
  • Volunteers taking part in this study are healthy adults (age 18 to 65 years) and roughly an equal number of males and females participate in the study. Volunteers with certain characteristics are equally distributed for placebo and IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor treatment. In general, the volunteers treated with placebo have little or no response to treatment, whereas the volunteers treated with the IGF-IR gene expression inhibitor show positive trends in their disease state or condition index at the conclusion of the study.
    • Example 12 RNA Isolation
  • Poly(A)+ mRNA Isolation
  • Poly(A)+ mRNA was isolated according to Miura et al. (Clin. Chem. 42: 1758-1764, 1996). Other methods for poly(A)+ mRNA isolation are routine in the art. Briefly, for cells grown on 96-well plates, growth medium was removed from the cells and each well was washed with 200 μL cold PBS. 60 μL lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaCl, 0.5% NP-40, 20 mM vanadyl-ribonucleoside complex) was added to each well, the plate was gently agitated and then incubated at room temperature for five minutes. 55 μL of lysate was transferred to Oligo d(T) coated 96-well plates (AGCT Inc., Irvine Calif.). Plates were incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature, washed 3 times with 200 μL of wash buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.6, 1 mM EDTA, 0.3 M NaCl). After the final wash, the plate was blotted on paper towels to remove excess wash buffer and then air-dried for 5 minutes. 60 μL of elution buffer (5 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.6), preheated to 70° C., was added to each well, the plate was incubated on a 90° C. hot plate for 5 minutes, and the eluate was then transferred to a fresh 96-well plate.
  • Cells grown on 100 mm or other standard plates may be treated similarly, using appropriate volumes of all solutions.
    • Total RNA Isolation
  • Total RNA was isolated using an RNEASY 96 (trademark) kit and buffers purchased from Qiagen Inc. (Valencia, Calif.) following the manufacturer's recommended procedures. Briefly, for cells grown on 96-well plates, growth medium was removed from the cells and each well was washed with 200 μL cold PBS. 150 μL Buffer RLT was added to each well and the plate vigorously agitated for 20 seconds. 150 μL of 70% ethanol was then added to each well and the contents mixed by pipetting three times up and down. The samples were then transferred to the RNEASY 96 (trademark) well plate attached to a QIAVAC (trademark) manifold fitted with a waste collection tray and attached to a vacuum source. Vacuum was applied for 1 minute. 500 μL of Buffer RW1 was added to each well of the RNEASY 96 (trademark) plate and incubated for 15 minutes and the vacuum was again applied for 1 minute. An additional 500 μL of Buffer RW1 was added to each well of the RNEASY 96™ plate and the vacuum was applied for 2 minutes. 1 mL of Buffer RPE was then added to each well of the RNEASY 96 (trademark) plate and the vacuum applied for a period of 90 seconds. The Buffer RPE wash was then repeated and the vacuum was applied for an additional 3 minutes. The plate was then removed from the QIAVAC (trademark) manifold and blotted dry on paper towels. The plate was then re-attached to the QIAVAC (trademark) manifold fitted with a collection tube rack containing 1.2 mL collection tubes. RNA was then eluted by pipetting 140 μL of RNAse free water into each well, incubating 1 minute, and then applying the vacuum for 3 minutes.
  • The repetitive pipetting and elution steps may be automated using a QIAGEN Bio-Robot 9604 (Qiagen, Inc., Valencia Calif.). Essentially, after lysing of the cells on the culture plate, the plate is transferred to the robot deck where the pipetting, DNase treatment and elution steps are carried out.
    • Example 13 Real-time Quantitative PCR Analysis of IGF-IR mRNA Levels
  • Quantitation of IGF-IR mRNA levels was accomplished by real-time quantitative PCR using the ABI PRISM (trademark) 7600, 7700, or 7900 Sequence Detection System (PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.) according to manufacturer's instructions. This is a closed-tube, non-gel-based, fluorescence detection system which allows high-throughput quantitation of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) products in real-time. As opposed to standard PCR in which amplification products are quantitated after the PCR is completed, products in real-time quantitative PCR are quantitated as they accumulate. This is accomplished by including in the PCR reaction an oligonucleotide probe that anneals specifically between the forward and reverse PCR primers, and contains two fluorescent dyes. A reporter dye (e.g., FAM or JOE, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa) is attached to the 5′ end of the probe and a quencher dye (e.g., TAMRA, obtained from either PE-Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., Operon Technologies Inc., Alameda, Calif. or Integrated DNA Technologies Inc., Coralville, Iowa) is attached to the 3′ end of the probe. When the probe and dyes are intact, reporter dye emission is quenched by the proximity of the 3′ quencher dye. During amplification, annealing of the probe to the target sequence creates a substrate that can be cleaved by the 5′-exonuclease activity of Taq polymerase. During the extension phase of the PCR amplification cycle, cleavage of the probe by Taq polymerase releases the reporter dye from the remainder of the probe (and hence from the quencher moiety) and a sequence-specific fluorescent signal is generated. With each cycle, additional reporter dye molecules are cleaved from their respective probes, and the fluorescence intensity is monitored at regular intervals by laser optics built into the ABI PRISM (trademark) Sequence Detection System. In each assay, a series of parallel reactions containing serial dilutions of mRNA from untreated control samples generates a standard curve that is used to quantitate the percent inhibition after antisense oligonucleotide treatment of test samples.
  • Prior to quantitative PCR analysis, primer-probe sets specific to the target gene being measured are evaluated for their ability to be “multiplexed” with a GAPDH amplification reaction. In multiplexing, both the target gene and the internal standard gene GAPDH are amplified concurrently in a single sample. In this analysis, mRNA isolated from untreated cells is serially diluted. Each dilution is amplified in the presence of primer-probe sets specific for GAPDH only, target gene only (“single-plexing”), or both (multiplexing). Following PCR amplification, standard curves of GAPDH and target mRNA signal as a function of dilution are generated from both the single-plexed and multiplexed samples. If both the slope and correlation coefficient of the GAPDH and target signals generated from the multiplexed samples fall within 10% of their corresponding values generated from the single-plexed samples, the primer-probe set specific for that target is deemed multiplexable. Other methods of PCR are also known in the art.
  • PCR reagents were obtained from Invitrogen Corporation, (Carlsbad, Calif.). RT-PCR reactions were carried out by adding 20 μL PCR cocktail (2.5×PCR buffer minus MgCl2, 6.6 mM MgCl2, 375 μM each of dATP, dCTP, dCTP and dGTP, 375 nM each of forward primer and reverse primer, 125 nM of probe, 4 Units RNAse inhibitor, 1.25 Units PLATINUM (registered trademark) Taq, 5 Units MuLV reverse transcriptase, and 2.5×ROX dye) to 96-well plates containing 30 μL total RNA solution (20-200 ng). The RT reaction was carried out by incubation for 30 minutes at 48° C. Following a 10 minute incubation at 95° C. to activate the PLATINUM (registered trademark) Taq, 40 cycles of a two-step PCR protocol were carried out: 95° C. for 15 seconds (denaturation) followed by 60° C. for 1.5 minutes (annealing/extension).
  • Gene target quantities obtained by real time RT-PCR are normalized using either the expression level of GAPDH, a gene whose expression is constant, or by quantifying total RNA using RiboGreen (trademark) (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.). GAPDH expression is quantified by real time RT-PCR, by being run simultaneously with the target, multiplexing, or separately. Total RNA is quantified using RiboGreen (trademark) RNA quantification reagent (Molecular Probes, Inc. Eugene, Oreg.). Methods of RNA quantification by RiboGreen (trademark) are taught in Jones et al. (Analytical Biochemistry 265: 368-374, 1998).
  • In this assay, 170 μL of RiboGreen (trademark) working reagent (RiboGreen (trademark) reagent diluted 1:350 in 10 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5) is pipetted into a 96-well plate containing 30 μL purified, cellular RNA. The plate is read in a CytoFluor 4000 (PE Applied Biosystems) with excitation at 485 nm and emission at 530 nm.
  • Probes and primers to human IGF-IR were designed to hybridize to the IGF-IR nucleotide sequence, using published sequence information (GenBank accession number NM000875 (FIGS. 2A and 2B), incorporated herein as SEQ ID NO:76 or M69229 (SEQ ID NO:77) which is the 5′ untranslated of the IGF-IR gene sequence). For human IGF-IR the PCR primers were:
  • forward primer:
    (SEQ ID NO: 82-ISIS 161212)
    CCCTTTCTTTGCAGTTTTCCC;
    reverse primer:
    (SEQ ID NO: 83-161214)
    CGTCGTCGGCCTCCATT;
    and
    the PCR probe was:
    (SEQ ID NO: 84-ISIS 161215)
    FAM- CCTTCCTGCCTCTCCGGGTTTGA-TAMRA

    where FAM is the fluorescent dye and TAMRA is the quencher dye. For human GAPDH the PCR primers were:
  • forward primer:
    (SEQ ID NO: 94)
    GAAGGTGAAGGTCGGAGTC
    reverse primer:
    (SEQ ID NO: 95 and the PCR probe was:
    GAAGATGGTGATGGGATTTC
    (SEQ ID NO: 95
    5′ JOE-CAAGCTTCCCGTTCTCAGCC- TAMRA 3′

    where JOE is the fluorescent reporter dye and TAMRA is the quencher dye.
    • Example 14 Northern Blot Analysis of IGF-IR mRNA Levels
  • Eighteen hours after antisense treatment, cell monolayers were washed twice with cold PBS and lysed in 1 mL RNAZOL (trademark)(TEL-TEST “B” Inc., Friendswood, Tex.). Total RNA was prepared following manufacturer's recommended protocols. Twenty micrograms of total RNA was fractionated by electrophoresis through 1.2% w/v agarose gels containing 1.1% v/v formaldehyde using a MOPS buffer system (AMRESCO, Inc. Solon, Ohio). RNA was transferred from the gel to HYBOND (trademark)-N+ nylon membranes (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, N.J.) by overnight capillary transfer using a Northern/Southern Transfer buffer system (TEL-TEST “B” Inc., Friendswood, Tex.). RNA transfer was confirmed by UV visualization. Membranes were fixed by UV cross-linking using a STRATALINKER (trademark) UV Crosslinker 2400 (Stratagene, Inc, La Jolla, Calif.) and then probed using QUICKHYB (trademark) hybridization solution (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) using manufacturer's recommendations for stringent conditions.
  • To detect human IGF-IR an IGF-IR specific probe was prepared by PCR using the forward primer for human IGF-IR CCCTTTCTTTGCAGTTTTCCC (SEQ ID NO:82—ISIS 161212) and the reverse primer for human IGF-IR reverse primer sequence CGTCGTCGGCCTCCATT (SEQ ID NO:83—ISIS 161214). To normalize for variations in loading and transfer efficiency membranes were stripped and probed for human glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH) RNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.).
  • Hybridized membranes were visualized and quantitated using a PHOSPHORIMAGER (trademark) and IMAGEQUANT (trademark) Software V3.3 (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Data was normalized to GAPDH levels in untreated controls.
    • Example 15 Antisense Inhibition of Human IGF-IR Expression
  • In accordance with the present invention, a series of antisense compounds were designed to target different regions of the human IGF-IR mRNA or the 5′ untranslated region, using published sequences set forth in accession No. NM000875 (SEQ ID NO:76) and M69229 (SEQ ID NO:77). The compounds are shown in Table 1. “Target site” indicates the first (5′-most) nucleotide number on the particular target sequence to which the compound binds. All compounds in Table 1 are ASOs of either the 5′ untranslated region or the coding region of the IGF-IR. The compounds were analyzed for their effect on human IGF-IR mRNA levels by quantitative real-time PCR as described in other examples herein (see FIG. 3 and Table 1). Data are averages from three experiments. The positive control for each datapoint is identified in the Table 1 by sequence ID number. If present, “N.D.” indicates “no data”.
  • As shown in Table 1, some lead compounds demonstrated at least some inhibition of IGF-IR expression in this assay and are therefore preferred. Examples of preferred ASO's include ASO's ISIS 175308, 175302, 175314, 175307, 175317, 175323, 323744, 323747, 323767, 323762 and 323737. The target regions to which these preferred sequences are complementary are herein referred to as “preferred target segments” and are therefore preferred for targeting by compounds of the present invention. SEQ ID Nos 137 through 171 represent preferred target segments identified in IGF-IR. The “Target site” in Table 1 indicates the first (5′-most) nucleotide number on the particular target nucleic acid to which the oligonucleotide binds.
  • As these “preferred target segments” have been found by experimentation to be open to, and accessible for, hybridization with the antisense compounds of the present invention, one of skill in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain, using no more than routine experimentation, further embodiments of the invention that encompass other compounds that specifically hybridize to these preferred target segments and consequently inhibit the expression of IGF-IR.
  • According to the present invention, antisense compounds include antisense oligomeric compounds, ASOs, ribozymes, external guide sequence (EGS) oligonucleotides, alternate splicers, primers, probes, and other short oligomeric compounds which hybridize to at least a portion of the target nucleic acid.
  • The purpose of this Example is to investigate the epidermal localization of ASOs with full phosphorothioate 2′-O-(2-methoxy)ethyl gapmer (2′ MOE gapmer) or C5-propynyl-dU,dC-phosphorothioate (C5-propyne) chemistry following topical application to psoriatic skin. Studies were performed on ex vivo psoriatic skin explants as shown in FIG. 1, with confocal microscopy, direct fluorescence and immunohistochemistry used to detect ASO localization. In previous studies, an FITC conjugated C5-propyne ASO has been shown to reach the basal layer of the epidermis after topical application to psoriatic skin (White et al., Journal of Investigative Dermatology 118: 1003-1007, 2002). In this Example, both 2′ MOE gapmer and C5-propyne ASOs were found to penetrate into the epidermis of psoriatic skin biopsies when formulated in either 5% w/v methylcellulose or cream. ASOs of both chemistries seemed to accumulate in the basal layers of the epidermis as assessed by both direct fluorescence microscopy and immunohistochemical detection of ASOs. The localization of FITC-ASOs was not obviously different from that of non-FITC ASOs.
    • Topical Application of ASOs
  • C5-propyne ASOs have been shown to accumulate in basal keratinocytes of human psoriatic (but not normal) skin following topical application (White et al., 2002, supra), presumably due to the compromised bather function of the stratum corneum in psoriasis. In addition, a phosphorothioate ASO was shown to accumulate in the basal keratinocytes of normal human skin when formulated in a cream (Mehta et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 115: 805-812, 2000). A phosphorothioate-phosphodiester hybrid ASO in distilled water failed to accumulate in basal keratinocytes following topical application to human skin despite appearing to cross the stratum corneum and accumulating in the cytoplasm of keratinocytes in the upper layers of the epidermis (Wingens et al., Lab Invest. 79: 1415-1424, 1999).
  • The present Example investigated the localization of 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs in human psoriatic skin following topical application.
    • Oligonucleotides
  • The oligonucleotides employed are listed in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4 
    List of the four oligonucleotides used in topical
    application studies. Underlined sections bear 2′ MOE chemistry.
    Detected
    Chemistry Identification Sequence by 2E1 Ab
    C5 propyne R451 UAACACGACGCGAAU-FITC Unknown
    [SEQ ID NO: 53]
    2′ MOE ASO 251741 FITC-TCCGTCATCGCTCCTCAGGG Yes
    [SEQ ID NO: 54]
    2′ MOE ASO 13920 TCCGTCATCGCTCCTCAGGG Yes
    [SEQ ID NO: 55]
    2′ MOE ASO 147979 FITC-TCCCGCCTGTGACATGCATT No
    [SEQ ID NO: 56]
    • Collection of Psoriatic Skin Biopsies
  • Psoriatic skin biopsies were collected from volunteers. Up to three 8 mm, full thickness, punch biopsies were collected from each volunteer by a dermatologist. The area from which biopsy is taken was not cleaned or disinfected prior to biopsy collection. Biopsies were immediately placed on gauze (wetted with PBS) and stored on ice until used (−2 hrs).
  • At the time of collection, the severity of psoriasis in the biopsies was scored using the PRS (parameter rating scale) component of the PASI (psoriasis area severity index) score (Fredriksson et al., Dermatologica 157: 238-244, 1978). In brief, erythema (redness), induration (swelling) and desquamation (flaking) were each scored from 0 (absent) to 4 (severe) to give a PRS score of 0 to 12.
    • Live Confocal Microscopy
  • 24 hrs after application of FITC-ASOs, biopsies were removed from culture dishes and placed on coverslips, stratum corneum down, and a drop of PBS was placed on the exposed dermis to keep it moist. Live confocal microscopy was then performed as described previously (White et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 112: 887-892, 1999; White et al., 2002, supra). In summary, topical application of FITC-ASO was assessed with excitation at 488 nm (argon ion laser) and detection at 515 nm. The instrument used was an IX70 Olympus inverted microscope (Olympus Australia, Melbourne, Australia) attached to an Optiscan f900e confocal system (Optiscan Pty, Melbourne, Australia).
  • Confocal microscopy results in sections en face to the surface of the skin and for each biopsy a series of images was taken at increasing depth into the epidermis. Previous work indicates that fluorescence can be detected up to 100 μm under the surface using this method.
  • In order to determine the epidermal location of FITC-ASO containing keratinocytes, the criteria of White et al., (1999, supra) were used as a guide. These criteria were:
      • cellular morphology
      • presence and size of nuclei:
        • corneocytes anuclear
        • nuclei in keratinocytes of the stratum granulosum>15 μm
        • basal keratinocyte nuclei<10 μm
      • depth of cells (basal keratinocytes at least 50 μm below the surface).
    Processing of Tissue Samples
  • Following confocal microscopy, entire biopsies were fixed for 24 hrs in 4% paraformaldehyde (4° C.) followed by 48 hrs in 0.5 M sucrose (4° C.). Biopsies were then submerged in graded ethanol (70%, 80%, 90% and 2×100% each for 90 min) followed by 2×90 min in limonene and 2×90 min in paraffin wax (65° C.) using a tissue processor (Shandon Citadel 1000, Shandon Inc, Pittsburgh, USA). Following processing, biopsies were embedded in paraffin (Shandon Histocentre 2, Shandon Inc) and stored at room temperature until required.
  • 5 μm thick sections transverse to the epidermis were cut (Leica RM2035 microtome, Leica Instruments, Wetzlar, Germany), transferred to silane-coated glass slides and dried at 37° C. overnight. Sections were stored in a sealed container at room temperature until processed for histological assessment of psoriasis, direct fluorescence or immunohistochemistry.
    • Histological Assessment of Psoriasis
  • Sections (5 μm) from each psoriatic skin biopsy were de-waxed by immersion in limonene for 2×5 min followed by consecutive 5 min washes in graded ethanol (100%, 90%, 80%, 70% and 50%) and 5 min in water. Sections were than stained with Harris' haematoxylin (stains cell nuclei blue) and eosin (stains cytoplasm and other tissue structures pink) before being washed in ethanol (2×15 sec) and limonene (2×15 sec). Sections were then cover-slipped with DPX mounting media (BDH Laboratory Supplies, Poole, England).
    • Detection of ASOs by Direct Fluorescence
  • Sections were de-waxed and washed as described above before being cover-slipped with MOWIOL mounting media (Biosciences inc, La Jolla, USA) containing 2.5% DABCO anti-fade (Sigma, St Louis, USA). Image brightness was adjusted to correct for auto-fluorescence. Auto-fluorescence was defined as the fluorescence produced from vehicle (5% w/v methylcellulose or cream) treated sample.
    • Detection of ASOs by Immunohistochemistry (2E1 Ab)
  • Sections were de-waxed as described above and ASOs detected using the affinity purified 2E1-B5 antibody (Berkeley Antibody Company, Berkeley, USA) supplied to us by Isis Pharmaceuticals. The 2E1-B5 antibody is a mouse IgG1 that recognizes TGC and GC motifs in phosphorothioate oligonucleotides (Mehta et al., 2000, supra).
  • Sections were incubated in 1% v/v H2O2 in methanol for 30 min to quench endogenous peroxidase activity, washed with PBS and incubated for 10 min in DAKO (registered trademark) ready-to-use proteinase K (DAKO corporation, Carpenteria, USA). Sections were blocked with 1% w/v BSA/20 ug/ml sheep IgG in PBS for 20 min before a 45 min incubation with the 2E1 primary antibody (1/4000 dilution). Sections were again washed with PBS and the primary antibody detected using the Vectastain (registered trademark) Elite mouse ABC kit (Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, USA). The Vectastain (registered trademark) Elite mouse ABC kit uses a secondary biotinylated anti-mouse IgG that is then detected with an avidin and biotinylated horseradish peroxidase complex. DAB was used as the substrate such that antibody localization was indicated by a brown coloration.
    • Image Capture
  • With the exception of confocal images (see ‘Live confocal microscopy’ in this section), all images were captured using a Sony DXC-950P colour digital camera (Sony, Tokyo, Japan) attached to a Nikon E600 microscope (Nikon Corporation, Tokyo, Japan) and controlled by a MCID M4 imaging system (Imaging Research Inc, St Catharines, Canada). Fluorescence excitation was provided by a Nikon HB-10103AF high-pressure mercury lamp power supply (Nikon Corporation) and viewed through an appropriate bather filter.
    • Assessment of Psoriatic Skin Biopsies
  • Psoriatic skin was collected from the abdomen, thigh, back, buttocks, shin, elbow or hips of volunteers. Up to three biopsies were taken from each individual and biopsies from each individual were allocated to separate experimental groups.
  • The severity of psoriasis, as determined using the PRS, was 6.8±1.7 (mean±SD, n=42) with a range from 3 to 9. The PRS was not significantly different across experimental groups (p=0.9609, Kruskal-Wallis non-parametric ANOVA).
  • Under histological examination, all biopsies appeared psoriatic although there was considerable variation in morphology between biopsies. In addition to variations in the severity of psoriasis, the observed variation may be due to the different body locations from which the biopsies were taken. A thickened basal keratinocyte layer was visible in all biopsies, and in many (but not all) biopsies, elongated rete ridges and cell nuclei in the stratum corneum (parakeratosis) were apparent. Cells resembling invading leukocytes were seen in the dermis of most biopsies.
    • Example 16 Topical Application of ASOs
  • To confirm the results of White et al., (2002, supra), which demonstrated localization of C5-propyne ASOs in basal keratinocytes of psoriatic skin biopsies, and to investigate the distribution of 2′ MOE ASOs following topical application in 5% w/v methylcellulose or cream, the following FITC conjugated ASOs were applied to separate psoriatic skin biopsies:
      • 0.1% w/w R451 (C5-propyne) in 5% w/v methylcellulose;
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 251741 (2′ MOE) in 5% w/v methylcellulose;
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 251741 (2′ MOE) in cream.
  • Direct fluorescence microscopy showed both the 2′ MOE gapmer ASO and the C5-propyne ASO in the epidermis of psoriatic skin lesions, with fluorescence clearly present in nuclei of basal keratinocytes. Fluorescence can also be seen in nuclei of cells that appear to be invading leukocytes located in the dermis. There was no apparent difference in the pattern of fluorescence produced by the 2′ MOE gapmer and C5-propyne ASOs following topical application.
  • Furthermore, 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs in cream showed an epidermal distribution comparable to that see for 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs formulated in 5% w/v methylcellulose, with no apparent difference in epidermal localization of fluorescence.
  • These results were confirmed by live confocal microscopy which also demonstrated nuclear localization of FITC-AONs in cells fitting the criteria for basal keratinocytes; cell nuclei <10 μm and least 50 μm below the surface). Interestingly, ASO appear to be in the nuclei of parakeratotic corneocytes. The cells appear intermediate between keratinocytes of the stratum granulosum and corneocytes, although they present at the surface of the epidermis. In some cases these keratinocytes appear to exclude ASO from their nuclei. Features consistent with psoriasis were clearly observed which show either keratinocytes of the stratum granulosum with nuclei much smaller than would be expected in normal skin, and/or basal keratinocytes much closer to the surface than would be expected in normal skin.
    • Example 17 Detection of a 5% ASO, Containing a 0.1% FITC-ASO Spike, Formulated in Cream
  • Higher ASO concentrations may be employed. Therefore, it is useful to determine if an FITC-ASO contained as a 0.1% spike in a 5% total ASO formulation could be detected by direct fluorescence microscopy and/or confocal microscopy. 2′ MOE FITC-ASO ISIS 251741 (0.1% w/w) mixed with the non-FITC 2′ MOE ISIS 13920 (4.9% w/w) in cream was applied to psoriatic skin biopsies for this purpose.
  • Direct fluorescence and confocal microscopy images from samples treated with a 5% 2′ MOE containing a 0.1% FITC-ASO spike showed fluorescence in basal keratinocytes. The increased concentration of ASO did not appear to alter the epidermal localization of fluorescence produced by the FITC-ASO, with localization similar to that observed following the application of 0.1% FITC-ASO alone.
    • Example 18 Benchmarking Antisense Oligonucleotides (ASOs)
  • Antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs) that target IGF-IR mRNA are proposed to be effective new therapeutic agents to reduce inflammatory and/or proliferative disorders. The purpose of this Example is to benchmark three preferred IGF-IR ASOs with full phosphorothioate “5-10-5,” 2′ MOE gapmer chemistry against DT1064 (SEQ ID NO:78), a 15 mer C5-propynyl-dU,dC-phosphorothioate ASO. All C's and U's in DT1064 are subjected to C5 propynylation. Studies were performed in a human keratinocyte transfection system, with IGF-IR mRNA and protein levels and cell proliferation as end-points. In previous studies, DT1064 has successfully inhibited IGF-IR expression in this system (Wraight et al., 2000, supra; Fogarty et al., Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Development 12: 369-377, 2002).
  • The results show that the three IGF-IR ASOs reduced IGF-iR mRNA with the same potency as DT1064. IGF-IR protein levels and cell proliferation rates were also reduced by the ASOs.
  • These findings support the use of the 2′ MOE gapmer chemistry for knockdown of IGF-IR mRNA. Based on its performance in the studies presented in this Example, ASO 175317 is one 2′ MOE gapmer ASO particularly useful for therapeutic trials.
    • 2′ MOE Gapmers
  • The three “5-10-5,” 2′ MOE gapmers, phosphorothioate leads showed concentration-dependent inhibition of IGF-IR mRNA in A549 cells (human lung epithelial cells) as assessed by real-time PCR FIG. 3. The three leads were assessed for activity in a human keratinocyte skin cell transfection system.
    • In Vitro Benchmarking of 2′ MOE Gapmers
  • The three lead ASOs have been “benchmarked” in vitro against DT1064 with the following endpoints:—
  • 1. Total IGF-IR mRNA assessed by real-time PCR;
    2. Total cellular IGF-IR protein determined by immunoblot;
    3. HaCaT keratinocyte cell growth rate assayed by amido black dye-binding;
    • Oligonucleotides
  • Oligonucleotides used in this study are shown in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    List of the seven oligonucleotides used for in vitro testing. The nucleotide
    sequences of the ASOs are present in FIG. 3.
    Antisense/
    Chemistry Identification Control
    1 C5-propynyl-dU,dC-phosphorothioate DT1064 A
    2 DT6416 C (mismatch)
    3 (Abbreviation: C5-propyne) R451 C (random)
    4 2'-O-(2-methoxy) ethyl 5,10,5-gapmer, ISIS 175314 A
    5 phosphorothioate throughout ISIS 175317 A
    6 ISIS 175323 A
    7 (Abbreviation: 2' MOE gapmer) ISIS 129691 C (random)
    • Cell Culture
  • Spontaneously immortalized human keratinocyte cell line, HaCaT (Boukamp et al., 1988, supra) were used in this study. Cells were maintained as monolayer cultures in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% w/v foetal calf serum (FCS) at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO2.
  • Transfection of Keratinocytes with Antisense Oligonucleotides
  • HaCaT keratinocytes (passage number 44 to 47) were seeded into the wells of 96-well (real-time PCR),24-well (cell proliferation) or 12-well (immunoblot or apoptosis) plates. 85-95% confluent cells were treated with the liposome preparation, Cytofectin GSV (GSV; Glen Research, Sterling Va., USA) alone, or complexed with antisense or control oligonucleotides. Untreated cells were also studied (untreated control). Each antisense or control oligonucleotide was diluted in serum-free DMEM to 20× the desired final concentration and mixed with an equal volume of GSV (40 μg/ml). Lipid/oligonucleotide mixtures were allowed to complex at room temperature for 10 mins then diluted ten-fold with DMEM containing 10% w/v FCS. Cells were transfected with final concentrations of 6.25, 25, 100 or 400 nM oligonucleotide and 2 μg/ml GSV. Transfections were performed in duplicate wells, while untreated and GSV-treated cells were run in four replicate wells.
  • IGF-IR mRNA Levels
  • Total RNA was extracted using a RNEASY (registered trademark) Mini kit (Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA) and 0.5 to 1 μg reverse transcribed using the GeneAmp (registered trademark) RNA PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA), according to the manufacture's instructions. Semi-quantitative real-time PCR was used to determine the amount of IGF-I receptor mRNA in the sample relative to cells treated with GSV alone. Pre-developed reagents for the human IGF-I receptor (Applied Biosystems, Product No. 4319442F) and 18S (Product no. 4319413E) containing primers and TaqMan (registered trademark) fluorescent probes were used in a multiplex PCR reaction to simultaneously amplify both products in each sample. An ABI Prism (trademark) 7700 sequence detector (Applied Biosystems) was used for the analysis. IGF-IR mRNA levels were then normalized to 18S. Two transfection protocols were used—cells were transfected (1) once, 18 h before RNA extraction, or (2) a total of twice, at 24 and 48 h before RNA extraction.
    • IGF-IR Protein Levels
  • Following transfections with oligonucleotides every 24 h for three days, cell monolayers were washed with PBS, then lysed in a buffer containing 50 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 10% v/v glycerol, 1% v/v Triton X-100,100 ug/ml aprotinin. The total protein concentration of the lysates was assayed with the BCA Protein Assay kit (Pierce; Rockford, Ill., USA) which uses BSA as the protein standard. 25 or 30 μg of each lysate was resolved by SDS-PAGE (7% w/v acylamide) then transblotted to Immobilon-P membrane (Millipore, Bedford, Mass.). Non-specific binding sites were blocked with 5% w/v skim milk powder then the filter probed with rabbit polyclonal IgG recognizing the β-subunit of IGF-IR protein (C-20; Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Santa Cruz, Calif., USA). The IGF-IR-specific signal was developed using the ECF western blotting kit (Amersham, Buckinghamshire, England, UK) and detected by chemifluorescence and phosphoimager scanning followed by quantification with ImageQuant software (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale, Calif., USA). Inter-filter variation was controlled for by standardising signal intensities against the mean signal for cells treated with GSV alone.
    • Cell Proliferation Assay
  • Cells were grown to 40% confluence in 24-well plates and transfected every 24 h for up to 3 days. Cell number was determined at 0, 24, 48 and 72 h using an amido black binding protocol in which binding of amido black to cellular protein (quantitated spectrophotometrically) correlates with cell number (Schultz et al., J. Immunol. Methods 167: 1-13, 1994). Briefly, cell monolayers were fixed with 1% v/v glutaraldehyde in PBS then stained with 0.1% w/v amido black in Na acetate at pH 3.5 for 30 mM After a single wash in acidic H2O, the protein-bound dye was eluted with NaOH (50 mM) and the absorbance of the eluate monitored at 620 nm. Data are expressed relative to the signal determined for GSV-treated cells at 0 h.
  • IGF-IR mRNA
  • FIG. 4 shows the IGF-IR real-time PCR data for HaCaT keratinocytes treated with C5-propynes or 2′ MOE gapmers. The results were similar whether cells were transfected once (FIG. 4A), or twice (FIG. 4B). IGF-IR mRNA levels were lower in cells transfected with DT1064, in keeping with levels reported previously using RNase protection assays [Fogarty et al, 2002, supra]. All three lead ASOs also caused knockdown of IGF-IR mRNA. Furthermore, knockdown of the IGF-IR mRNA was similar for the three ASO leads and DT1064. For example, in FIG. 4A, at 100 nM ASO, the average reduction in mRNA was 68%, 77%, 75% and 78% for ASO 175314, ASO 175317, ASO 175323 and DT1064, respectively.
    • IGF-IR Protein
  • FIG. 5A shows a representative IGF-I receptor western immunoblot of HaCaT cells transfected with C5 propynes or 2′ MOE gapmers. The IGF-IR protein (β chain) appears as a single band of molecular weight 110 kD.
  • The band intensities (expressed relative to cells treated with GSV alone) from three separate experiments are combined and presented in FIG. 5B. The data show that DT1064 potently suppressed levels of IGF-IR protein as shown previously (Fogarty et al., 2002, supra). Relative to cells treated with GSV alone, all three lead ASOs significantly reduced IGF-IR protein at 25 nM and 100 nM (P<0.01). ISIS 175317 and ISIS 175323, but not ISIS 175314, knocked down IGF-IR protein at the 400 nM concentration (P<0.01). There was no significant knockdown of IGF-IR protein with ISIS 175317 or ISIS 175323 at the lowest concentration, 6.25 nM.
  • Relative to the GSV control, transfection of HaCaT cells with DT1064 provided apparent maximal reduction of 75% when cells were treated at a concentration of 100 nM, while IGF-IR protein levels with ISIS 175317 was approximately 60%. The knockdown of IGF-IR protein associated with each of the ASOs is expressed as a percentage of its appropriate control. This show that the ability of the ASOs to knockdown target protein is comparable to that of DT1064 (see Table 3).
  • TABLE 3
    IGF-IR protein knockdown with ASOs expressed as a percentage of control
    olignonucleotides of the same chemistry at the same concentration.
    6.25 nM 25 nM 100 nM 400 nM
    DT1064
    34 48 59 41
    (relative to 6416)
    DT1064 36 53 64 35
    (relative to R451)
    ISIS 175314 35 57** 51** 30
    ISIS 175317 28 60*** 65*** 50**
    ISIS 175323 19 50*** 58*** 44**
    *P < 0.5,
    **P < 0.01,
    ***P < 0.001 versus IGF-1R protein in HaCaT cells transfected with oligonucleotide of the same chemistry and dose; Tukey's test.
    • Cell Proliferation
  • The effect of IGF-IR-specific ASOs and control oligonucleotides on HaCaT proliferation is shown in FIG. 6. In untreated cells, keratinocyte cell numbers increased more than four-fold over three days. GSV-treated cells also increased in number though not to the same extent as untreated cells (64% of untreated at 72 h) suggesting some effect of the lipid on proliferation rates. Relative to untreated and GSV-treated cells, all cells treated with oligonucleotides showed lower rates of cell proliferation over the 3 days, with DT1064-treated cells having the lowest rates of cell proliferation at all time-points and at all concentrations of oligonucleotide. Of the ASOs tested, there was a trend for ISIS 175317 to be associated with the lowest rates of cell proliferation most notably at the 400 nM concentration.
  • Three IGF-OR lead ASOs have been tested in the HaCaT keratinocyte transfection system at MCRI. The major findings are:
  • All three ASO leads reduced IGF-IR mRNA levels compared with the GSV control and the 2′ MOE gapmer random oligonucleotide. Relative to DT1064, the ASO leads gave a similar reduction in IGF-IR mRNA.
      • All three ASO leads significantly reduced IGF-IR protein relative to the GSV control and the 2′ MOE random oligonucleotide. The ASO leads reduced IGF-IR protein levels. However, when expressed as a percentage of knock-down relative to control oligonucleotides of the same chemistry, the effect of the ASO leads was similar to that of DT1064.
      • All three ASO leads reduced cell proliferation rates relative to the GSV control.
    Ex Vivo Maintenance of Psoriatic Skin Biopsies
  • Biopsies were maintained for 24 hrs as described previously (Russo et al., Endocrinology 135: 1437-1446, 1994; White et al., 2002, supra). Briefly, subcutaneous fat was removed from the biopsies before they were placed, dermis down, on a BACTO (trademark) agar plug (Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, USA) formed in the middle of a triangular stainless steel mesh. The steel mesh was designed to fit the centre well of a 60 mm FALCON (registered trademark) centre-well organ culture dish (Becton Dickinson) so that the agar plug was suspended over the centre well. The centre well was filled with Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (containing 10% w/v foetal calf serum, 50 IU/ml penicillin, 50 ug/ml streptomycin) to the level of the agar plug and the outer well filled with PBS to maintain humidity. Biopsies were incubated at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO2. FIG. 1 shows the tissue apparatus arrangement.
    • Example 19 Comparison of Direct Fluorescence Microscopy and Immunohistochemistry for Detection of ASOs
  • The 2′ MOE FITC-ASO ISIS 251741 was formulated at 0.1% w/w in 5% w/v methylcellulose and applied topically to psoriatic skin biopsies. Both direct fluorescence and immunohistochemistry with the 2E1 antibody can detect ISIS 251741. This characteristic allowed the use of adjacent sections to directly compare ASO localization as determined by the two detection technologies.
  • Both detection methods show a remarkably similar distribution of ASO. Both methods show accumulation of ASO in basal keratinocytes, exclusion of ASO from the nuclei of most keratinocytes of the stratum granulosum, and ASO in the nuclei of cells that appear to be invading leukocytes located in the dermis. Accumulation of ASO in the stratum corneum is apparent using both detection methods.
  • These results indicate that both direct fluorescence and immunohistochemistry are viable methods for the detection of ASO in skin, however, both methodologies have their strengths and weaknesses. Digestion of skin sections with proteinase K (required before immunohistochemistry) often resulted in degradation of tissue morphology. Immunohistochemical detection of ASOs is also limited to ASOs of specific chemistry (phosphorothioate) and nucleotide sequence (TGC or GC motifs) whereas any ASO can be conjugated to FITC. Furthermore, immunohistochemical detection of ASO appeared to be more variable that detection of ASO by direct fluorescence. However, immunohistochemically stained sections can be stored and referred too for a longer period of time than fluorescent sections, which fade over time. In addition, there is lack of data concerning the effects of FITC conjugation on the physicochemical properties of ASOs.
    • Example 20 Effect of FITC Conjugation on Epidermal Localization of ASOs Following Topical Application
  • In order to determine whether an FITC tag attached to an ASO alters epidermal localization of the ASO following topical application, biopsies were treated with an ASO mixture containing the non-FITC-ASO ISIS 13920 (detectable by immunohistochemistry but not direct fluorescence) and the FITC-ASO ISIS 147979 (detectable by direct fluorescence but not immunohistochemistry). Comparison of serial sections from tissues treated with this mixture showed no apparent difference between the localization of the two ASOs. This data indicates that in psoriatic skin biopsies, an FITC tag on an ASO does not alter epidermal localization.
  • In order to control for the possibility that the FITC-ASO may effect the epidermal localization of ISIS 13920, biopsies were treated with 0.1% w/v ISIS 13920 alone. As can be seen, immunohistochemical detection of ISIS 13920 demonstrates a pattern of ASO distribution not apparently different to that seen for ASO 13920 mixed with ISIS 147979.
  • The localization of topically applied 2′ MOE ASOs in the epidermis of psoriatic skin lesions was investigated and compared with C5-propyne ASOs. The major findings are:
      • Topically applied 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs in either 5% w/v methylcellulose or cream were able to cross the stratum corneum of psoriatic skin lesions. ASOs localized to the nuclei of basal keratinocytes in the epidermis and invading leukocytes in the dermis.
      • Epidermal localization following topical application does not appear to differ between 2′ MOE gapmer and C5-propyne ASOs.
      • Following topical application, 2′ MOE gapmer ASOs can be detected in the nuclei of basal keratinocytes by both direct fluorescence microscopy (FITC conjugated ASOs only) and by immunohistochemistry with the 2E1 Ab.
      • FITC conjugation of ASOs does not appear to alter their ability to reach basal keratinocytes or their epidermal localisation following topical application.
    Example 21 Drug Formulation
  • Lyophilized ASOs were resuspended in sterile, distilled water and the concentration of ASO determined by its optical density at 260 nm before formulation in either a 5% w/v methylcellulose gel or in a cream (Isis Pharmaceuticals). The cream contained:
      • isopropyl myristate (10% w/w)
      • glyceryl monostearate (10% w/w)
      • polyoxyl 40 stearate (15% w/w)
      • hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (0.5% w/w)
      • monobasic sodium phosphate monohydrate (0.3% w/w)
      • dibasic sodium phosphate heptahydrate (0.9% w/w)
      • phenoxyethanol (2.5% w/w)
      • methylparaben (0.5% w/w)
      • propylparaben (0.5% w/w)
      • purified water (59.8% w/w)
  • For formulation in 5% w/v methylcellulose, 10% w/v methylcellulose (in PBS) was diluted two-fold with PBS containing ASOs at twice the desired final concentration.
  • For formulation in cream, ASOs were dried (DNA Mini vacuum drier, Medos company, Melbourne, Australia) and then dissolved in an appropriate amount of cream to give the desired final concentration.
    • Example 22 Drug Application
  • Approximately 30 min after biopsies were transferred to 37° C., ASOs or vehicle were weighed out (30 mg) and applied directly to an approximately 4 mm diameter central region of biopsies with a small spatula. A thin ring around the edge of the biopsy was kept free of ASO or vehicle in order to avoid application of ASO to the exposed edge of the sample. Despite these precautions, in approximately 20% of biopsies ASOs appeared to have been in contact with the edges of the biopsy as assessed by direct fluorescence microscopy.
    • Example 23 Experimental Groups
  • Pursuant of the aims of this Example, ASO formulations were applied to at least four biopsies from different individuals. The ASO formulations and controls used were:
      • 0.1% w/w R451 in 5% methylcellulose
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 251741 in 5% w/v methylcellulose
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 251741 in cream
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 251741 mixed with 4.9% w/2 ASO 13920 in cream
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 13920 in 5% w/v methylcellulose
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 147979 mixed with 0.1% w/w ASO 13920 in 5% v/v methylcellulose
      • 0.1% w/w ISIS 147979 in 5% w/v methylcellulose
      • 5% w/v methylcellulose alone.
        Cream alone.
    Example 24 Benchmarking for ISIS 175317 and DT1064
  • This Example shows the benchmarking of human IGF-IR identified in a primary screen against IGF-IR ASO (ISIS 175317) and DT1064 in HaCaT Keratinocytes.
  • IGF-IR mRNA levels were measured by real-time PCR after overnight transfection of HaCaT keratinocytes with IGF-IR ASOs and control oligonucleotides. The results show that the four new leads, as well as ISIS 175317 and DT1064, potently inhibited IGF-IR mRNA levels in a concentration-dependent and sequence-specific manner. Relative to HaCaT cells treated with the transfection reagent alone, none of the four recently-identified IGF-IR ASOs suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels with any greater potency or efficacy than ISIS 175317.
    • Oligonucleotides
  • TABLE 5
    List of the oligonucleotides used for in vitro testing
    Antisense/
    Chemistry Identification Control
    1 2' -O-(2-methoxy) ethyl 5,10,5-gapmer, ISIS 175317 A
    phosphorothioate throughout
    2 ISIS 323737 A
    3 All cytosine bases methylated ISIS 323744 A
    4 ISIS 323762 A
    5 ISIS 323767 A
    6 (Abbreviation: 2' MOE gapmer) ISIS 306064 C (8 nucleotide
    mismatch for
    ISIS 175317)
    7 ISIS 129691 C (random)
    8 C5-propynyl-dU,dC-phosphorothioate DT1064 A
    9 (Abbreviation: C5-propyne) DT6416 C (15 nucleotide
    mismatch for
    DT1064)
  • The concentration of each oligonucleotide was confirmed by its UV absorbance at 260 nm prior to use.
  • Transfection of Keratinocytes with Antisense Oligonucleotides
  • HaCaT keratinocytes were maintained as monolayer cultures in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% v/v foetal calf serum (FCS) at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO2/95% v/v O2.
  • HaCaT keratinocytes [passage number 62 and 63 (FIG. 8) and 45 (FIG. 10)] were seeded into the wells of 96-well plates. 85-95% confluent cells were treated with the liposome preparation, Cytofectin GSV alone, or complexed with antisense or control oligonucleotides for 20 h. Untreated cells were also studied (untreated control). Each antisense or control oligonucleotide (20× final concentration) in serum-free DMEM was mixed with an equal volume of GSV (20× final concentration; 40 μg/ml). Lipid/oligonucleotide mixtures were allowed to complex at room temperature for 10-15 min then diluted ten-fold with DMEM containing 10% v/v FCS. Cells were transfected with oligonucleotide (final concentration range, 0.4 to 200 nM) and 2 μg/ml GSV. Transfections were performed in duplicate wells, while untreated and GSV-treated cells were run in four and six replicate wells, respectively.
  • IGF-I Receptor mRNA Levels
  • Total RNA was extracted using a RNeasy® Mini kit (Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA) and approximately 0.1 to 0.2 μg were reverse transcribed using the GeneAmp® RNA PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA), according to the manufacturer's instructions. Semi-quantitative real-time PCR was used to determine the amount of IGF-I receptor mRNA in the sample relative to cells treated with Cytofectin GSV alone. Pre-developed reagents for the human IGF-I receptor (Applied Biosystems, product no. 4319442F) and 18S ribosomal RNA (Product no. 4319413E) containing primers and TaqMan (Reg. Trademark) fluorescent probes were used in a multiplex PCR reaction to simultaneously amplify both products in each sample. An ABI Prism™ 7700 sequence detector (Applied Biosystems) was used for the analysis. IGF-I receptor mRNA levels were then normalised to 18S ribosomal RNA.
    • Biological Effects
  • The effect of antisense and control oligonucleotides on IGF-IR mRNA levels were initially studied at concentrations of 6, 13, 25, 50, 100 and 200 nM. These concentrations were chosen because they covered a range that would allow a comparison of data with previous in vitro benchmarking experiments using 2′MOE gapmers in HaCaT keratinocytes.
  • FIG. 8 shows the IGF-I receptor mRNA levels for two experiments in which HaCaT keratinocytes were transfected with 2′ MOE gapmers (ISIS 175317, ISIS 323737, ISIS 323744, ISIS 323762, ISIS 323767, ISIS 129691 or ISIS 306064) or C5-proynes oligonucleotides (DT1064 or 6416). Relative to GSV-treated cells, all five 2′MOE gapmer ASOs potently suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels (FIG. 9). Maximal target knockdown was similar for each 2′MOE ASO (range 71-77%). Table 6 shows the maximum efficacy of the IGF-IR ASO leads.
  • In contrast, IGF-IR mRNA levels for the two 2′MOE gapmer control oligonucleotides (ISIS 129691 and ISIS 306064) were similar to the levels of the GSV-treated cells, indicating that the effect of the 2′MOE gapmer ASOs on IGF-IR mRNA levels was sequence-specific (FIG. 8). The effect of DT1064 on IGF-IR suppression was maximal at 77% at 100 nM. However, transfection of HaCaT cells with the C-5 propyne mismatch control oligonucleotide (6416) also suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels by up to 46% at the same concentration. This is consistent with previous data.
  • Since maximal or near-maximal suppression of IGF-IR mRNA levels was seen with the ASOs in the concentration range from 25 to 200 nM it was difficult to discriminate between the efficacy of the five 2′ MOE ASOs. Therefore it was decided to test their effect at lower concentrations. FIG. 10 shows IGF-IR
  • TABLE 6
    Maximum efficacy of ISIS IGF-IR ASO leads
    2' MOE gapmer IGF-IR mRNA levels
    IGF-1R ASO (% cytofectin
    GSV-treated cells)
    ISIS 323762 23.1
    ISIS 323767 24.3
    ISIS 175317 26.8
    ISIS 323737 27.5
    ISIS 323744 29.5
    Calculated from maximum efficacy IGF-IR mRNA levels (% of cytofectin GSV -treated cells) reported in FIG. 2.
  • mRNA levels from a single experiment in which HaCaT cells were treated with oligonucleotides at 0.4, 1.6, 3, 6, 25, or 100 nM. As in the earlier experiments at the higher concentrations, all five 2′MOE ASOs specifically suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels, and did so with similar potency. The maximal inhibition of IGF-IR mRNA was 87% for ISIS 175317, similar to that of the recently identified 2′MOE gapmer ASOs (range 79-85% of GSV). The response to ASO treatment was concentration dependent in this range. Treatment of HaCaT keratinocytes with 25 nM DT1064 suppressed IGF-IR mRNA levels by 81%, similar to the 2′MOE gapmer ASOs.
  • FIG. 11 shows the concentration-response curves for the IGF-IR targeted 2′MOE ASOs (same data as FIG. 10). With the possible exception of ISIS 323767, these data indicate similar potencies of ISIS 175317 and the 2′MOE gapmers. This is reflected in the EC50 calculated from the concentration-response curves and listed in Table 7. The EC50 for DT1064 was 3.2 nM (C.I. 2.1-4.7). It is important to note that the EC50 values presented in Table 7 were calculated from a single experiment and are given as an estimate only. Additional concentration-response experiments would be required to give a more accurate estimate of the EC50 values for the ASOs.
  • TABLE 7
    Mean EC50 (95% confidence intervals) for 2'MOE gapmer ASO
    suppression of IGF-IR mRNA levels in HaCaT keratinocytes
    2'MOE gapmer ASO EC50 [nM]
    ISIS 175317 2.6 (1.8 − 3.6)
    ISIS 323744 2.8 (2.2 − 3.6)
    ISIS 323737  3.2 (0.4 − 25.8)
    ISIS 323762 3.3 (2.4 − 4.3)
    ISIS 323767 4.2 (2.4 − 7.4)
  • The concentration response experiments reported here were performed twice at the higher concentration range and showed no difference in maximum efficacy (Table 6). The concentration response experiment was performed once at the lower concentration range. Across all of the concentrations studied (0.4 to 200 nM), none of the four leads used in this Example appeared to exhibit greater IGF-IR mRNA knockdown than ISIS 175317 in HaCaT keratinocytes (FIGS. 9 and 11). Examination of the concentration-response curves showed similar potency between ISIS 175317 and the four leads as assessed by EC50 (FIG. 11).
    • Antisense Oligonucleotide
  • Details of the IGF-IR ASO used in this Example are provided in Table 5. The underline nucleotides are 2′MOE modifications. All cytosine bases are methylated.
  • TABLE 5
    IGF-IR ASO
    Chemistry Identification Sequence
    2′MOE gapmer, ISIS 175317 CGAAGGAAACAA
    phosphorothioate (SEQ ID TACTCCGA
    throughout NO: 125)
    ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO: 125) was manufactured to research-grade quality by Isis Pharmaceuticals, California, USA.
    • Collection of Psoriatic Skin Biopsies
  • Psoriatic skin biopsies were collected from eleven volunteers under ethical conditions (Protocol 22023A of the Royal Children's Hospital Ethics in Human Research Committee, Melbourne, Australia). Three 8 mm, full thickness, punch biopsies were collected from the same lesion in each volunteer by a dermatologist. The area from which the biopsies were taken was not cleaned or disinfected prior to biopsy collection. Biopsies were immediately pleated on guaze (wet with PBS) and stored on ice until used (˜2 h). At the time of collection, the severity of psoriasis in the biopsies was scored using the PRS (parameter rating scale) component of the PASI (psoriasis area severity index) score (Fredriksson et al., 1978 supra). In brief, erthema (redness), induration (swelling) and desquanmation (flaking) were each scored from 0 (absent) to 4 (severe) to give a PRS score of 0 to 12.
    • Ex Vivo Maintenance of Psoriatic Skin Biopsies
  • Biopsies were maintained for 24 h as previously described (Russo et al., 1994 supra; White et al., 2002 supra). Briefly, subcutaneous fat was removed from the biopsies and they were then placed, dermis down, on a BACTO™ agar plug (Becton Dickinson, Franlin Lakes, USA) formed in the middle of a triangular stainless steel mesh. The steel mesh was designed to fit the center well of a 60 mm FALCON (Reg. Trademark) center-well organ culture dish (Becton Dickinson) so that the agar plug was suspended over the center well. The center well was filled with Dulbecco's modified Eagles medium (containing 10$ v/v foetal calf serum, 50 IU/ml penicillin, 50 ug/ml streptomycin) to the level of the agar plug and the outer well was filled with PBS to maintain humidity. Biopsies were incubated at 37° C. in an atmosphere of 5% v/v CO2. The tissue apparatus arrangement is shown in FIG. 1.
    • Drug Formulation
  • Lyophilised ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) was resuspended in sterile distilled water and the concentration of the solution was determined by its optical density at 260 nm. For formulation in cream, ASO's were dried (DNA Mini vacuum drier, Medos Company, Melbourne, Australia) then dissolved in an appropriate amount of cream (Isis Pharmaceuticals, USA) to give a final concentration of 10% w/w. The cream contained:
      • isopropyl myristate (10% w/w)
      • phenoxyethanol (2.5% w/w)
      • glyceryl monostearate (10% w/w)
      • methylparaben (0.5% w/w)
      • polyoxyl 40 stearate (15% w/w)
      • propylparaben (0.5% w/w)
      • hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (0.5% w/w)
      • purified water (59.8% w/w)
      • monobasic sodium phosphate monohydrate (0.3$ w/w)
      • dibasic sodium phosphate heptahydrate (0.9% 2/2)
    Drug Application
  • After a 30-minute pre-incubation of the biopsy at 37° C., 30 mg of pre-weighed drug or vehicle was applied directly to an approximately 4 mm diameter central region of each biopsy with a small spatula. A thin ring around the edge of the biopsy was kept free of ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) or vehicle in order to avoid the cream touching the exposed edge of the sample. Previous studies in this laboratory using FITCASOs applied in this way, have shown that in approximately 20% of cases, ASOs contact the edges of the biopsy.
    • Experimental Groups
  • Three biopsies were collected from each volunteer. One of the biopsies was treated with vehicle (Isis cream) and the other two with 10% ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) in the cream. This treatment regimen allows paired (vehicle-treated biopsy paired to the average of the two ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies) analysis of the data, and control for possible confounding effects caused by inter-subject variations in IGF-IR mRNA levels. Two biopsies from each patient were treated with ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) to increase the likelihood of detecting any drug effect.
  • Separation of Epidermis from Dermis
  • At the end of the treatment period (24 h), tissue samples were incubated in 0.5 M EDTA (pH 7.4) at 60° C. for 90 sec to disrupt the epidermal-dermal junction and allow separation of the epidermis and dermis by blunt dissection (Dusserre et al., 1992 supra). The separated epidermis and dermis were snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −70° C. until the RNA was extracted.
  • Measurement of IGF-IR mRNA Levels by Real-Time PCR
  • Tissues were mechanically crushed in a stainless steel mortar and pestle that had been chilled in liquid nitrogen. Total RNA was extracted using a Rneasy (Reg. Trademark) Mini kit (Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA). Total RNA (100 to 700 ng) was reverse transcribed using the GeneAmp RNA PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA), according to the manufacturer's instructions. The amount of starting RNA was matched as closely as practicable for each set of biopsies and all samples were reverse-transcribed in the same reaction. Semi-quantitative real-time PCR was used to determine the amount of IGF-IR mRNA in biopsies relative to 18S RNA. Pre-developed reagents for human IGF-IR (Applied Biosystems, product no. 4319442F) and 18S (product no. 4319413E) containing primers and TaqMan (Reg. Trademark) fluorescent probes were used in a multiplex PCR reaction to simultaneously amplify both products in each sample. Each sample was assayed in duplicate. An ABI Prism-7700 sequence detector (Applied Biosystems) was used for the analysis. IGF-IR mRNA levels were normalised to 18S.
    • Statistical Analysis
  • For statistical analysis, biopsies from each individual were paired. Each vehicle treated biopsy was paired to the average of the two ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies. For comparison of IGF-IR mRNA levels in ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated and vehicle-treated biopsies, a parametric paired t-test was used. This test assumes that the underlying population has a Gaussian distribution. These data did not differ significantly (P>0.1) from that expected if sampling was from a population with a Gaussian distribution as assessed by a modified Kolmogorov-Smirnov test (Dallal et al., 1986 supra). Furthermore, dot plots of the differences in IGF-IR mRNA levels between vehicle and ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) treated biopsies appeared to be from a population with a Gaussian distribution. For all other comparisons, the non-parametric Wilcoxon matched pairs test was used. This test makes no assumptions about the underlying population distribution. Statistical analysis was performed using GraphPad Prism version 3.00 for Windows (GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif. USA). All data are presented as mean±one standard deviation.
  • Measurement of IGF-IR, GAPDH, HPRT, Insulin Receptor (IR), Caspase 3 & Bax mRNA Levels by Real-Time PCR
  • Tissues were mechanically crushed in a stainless steel mortar and pestle that had been chilled in liquid nitrogen. Total RNA was extracted using a Rneasy (Reg. Trademark) Mini kit (Qiagen Inc., Valencia, Calif., USA). Total RNA (100 to 700 ng) was reverse transcribed using the GeneAmp (Reg. Trademark) RNA PCR kit (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA), according to the manufacturer's instructions. The amount of starting RNA was matched as closely as practicable for each set of biopsies and all samples were reverse-transcribed in the same reaction.
  • Semi-quantitative real-time PCR was used to determine the amount of IGF-IR, GAPDH, HPRT, Insulin receptor (IR), Caspase 3 & Bax mRNA in biopsies relative to 18S RNA. Pre-developed reagents for the above mentioned genes (Applied Biosystems, product #4319442F (IGF-IR), #433764F (GAPDH), #4333768F (HPRT), #4318283F (Bax) and Applied Biosystems ‘assay-on-demand’ assay ID #Hs00263337_m1 (Caspase 3) and #Hs00169631_m1 (Insulin receptor)) were each individually used in a multiplex PCR reaction with a pre-developed reagent for 18S (Applied Biosystems, product no. 4319413E). These pre-developed reagents contained primers and TaqMan (Reg. Trademark) fluorescent probes and, when used in a multiplex PCR reaction, simultaneously amplified the target gene (IGF-IR, GAPDH, HPRT, Insulin receptor (IR), Caspase 3 or Bax) and 18S in each sample. Each sample was assayed in duplicate. An ABI Prism™ 7700 sequence detector (Applied Biosystems) was used for the analysis. IGF-IR, GAPDH, HPRT, Insulin receptor (IR), Caspase 3 and Bax mRNA levels were normalised to 18S.
    • Statistical Analysis
  • For statistical analysis, biopsies from each individual were paired. Each vehicle-treated biopsy was paired to the average of the two ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated biopsies.
  • For comparison of the gene of interest's mRNA levels in ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125)-treated and vehicle-treated biopsies, a parametric paired t-test was used. This test assumes that the underlying population has a Gaussian distribution. These data did not differ significantly (P>0.1) from that expected if sampling was from a population with a Gaussian distribution as assessed by a modified Kolmogorov-Smirnov test (Dallal et al., 1986). Furthermore, dot plots of the differences in the gene of interest's mRNA levels between vehicle and ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) treated biopsies appeared to be from a population with a Gaussian distribution.
  • Statistical analysis was performed using GraphPad Prism version 3.00 for Windows (GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif. USA). All data is presented as mean±one standard deviation).
  • The results are shown in FIGS. 12 to 14 and clearly demonstrate the efficacy of the ISIS 175317 (SEQ ID NO:125) ASO in the cream to reduce IGF-IR and RNA in normal epidermis, dermis and psoriatic epidermis. The results in FIG. 14 clearly demonstrate the specificity of this ASO for IGF-IR.
  • Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention described herein is susceptible to variations and modifications other than those specifically described. It is to be understood that the invention includes all such variations and modifications. The invention also includes all of the steps, features, compositions and compounds referred to or indicated in this specification, individually or collectively, and any and all combinations of any two or more of said steps or features.
    • BIBLIOGRAPHY
    • Boukamp et al., J. Cell Biol. 106: 761-771, 1988;
    • Camacho-Hubner et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267: 11949-11956, 1992;
    • Clemmons, Growth Regn. 2:80, 1992;
    • Flanagan and Wagner, Mol. Cell. Biochem. 172: 213-225,1997;
    • Flanagan et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 14: 1139-1145, 1996b;
    • Flanagan et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 2936-2941, 1996a;
    • Fogarty et al., Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Development 12: 369-377, 2002;
    • Fredriksson et al., Dermatologica 157: 238-244, 1978;
    • Hodak et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 106: 564-570, 1996;
    • Jensen et al., Br. J. Dermatol. 139: 984-991, 1998;
    • Krane et al., J. Exp. Med. 175: 1081-1090, 1992;
    • Krane et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 96: 419-424, 1991;
    • LeRoith et al., Endocr. Rev. 16: 143-163, 1995;
    • Mehta et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 115: 805-812, 2000;
    • Neely et al., J. Inv. Derm. 96: 104, 1991;
    • Neely et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 96: 104-110, 1991;
    • Oakes et al., J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 73: 1368-1373, 1992
    • Pietrzkowski et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 12: 3883-3889, 1992;
    • Porcu et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 12: 5069-5077, 1992;
    • Rechler and Brown, Growth Regulation 2: 55-68, 1992;
    • Reiss et al., Oncogene 7: 2243-2248, 1992;
    • Resnicoff et al., Cancer Res. 54: 2218-2222, 1994;
    • Ristow and Messmer, J. Cell Physiol. 137: 277-284,1988;
    • Ristow, Dermatology 195: 213-219, 1997;
    • Ristow, Growth Regul. 3: 129-137, 1993;
    • Rubin and Baserga, Laboratory Investigation 73: 311-331, 1995;
    • Russo et al., Endocrinology 135: 1437-1446, 1994;
    • Sara, Physiological Reviews 70: 591-614, 1990;
    • Schultz et al., J. Immunol. Methods 167: 1-13, 1994;
    • Ullrich et al., EMBO J. 5: 2503-2512, 1986;
    • van de Kerkhof, Skin Pharmacol. Appl. Skin Physiol. 11: 2-10, 1998;
    • White et al., Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev. 10: 195-203, 2000;
    • White et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 112: 887-892, 1999;
    • White et al., Journal of Investigative Dermatology 118: 1003-1007, 2002;
    • Wingens et al., Lab Invest. 79: 1415-1424, 1999;
    • Wraight et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 103: 627-631, 1994;
    • Wraight et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 108: 452-456, 1997;
    • Wraight et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 18: 521-526, 2000;
    • Xu et al., J. Invest. Dermatol. 106: 109-112, 1996;
    • Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215: 403-410, 1990;
    • Zhang and Madden, Genome Res. 7: 649-656, 1997;
    • Guo and Kempheus, Cell 81: 611-620, 1995;
    • Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 95: 15502-15507, 1998;
    • Fire et al., Nature 391: 806-811, 1998;
    • Tijsterman et al., Science, 295; 694-697, 2002;
    • Timmons and Fire, Nature 395: 854, 1998;
    • Timmons et al., Gene 263: 103-112, 2001;
    • Tabara et al., Science 282: 430-431, 1998;
    • Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95: 1998; Tuschl et al., Genes Dev. 13: 3191-3197, 1999;
    • Elbashir et al., Nature, 411: 494-498, 2001;
    • Elbashir et al., Genes Dev. 15: 188-200, 2001;
    • Brazma and Vilo, FEBS Lett. 480: 17-24, 2000;
    • Celis et al., FEBS Lett. 480: 2-16, 2000;
    • Madden et al., Drug Discov. Today 5: 415-425, 2000;
    • Prashar and Weissman, Methods Enzymol. 303: 258-272, 1999;
    • Sutcliffe et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97: 1976-1981, 2000;
    • Jungblut et al., Electrophoresis 20: 2100-2110, 1999;
    • Fuchs et al., Anal. Biochem. 286: 91-98, 2000;
    • Larson et al., Cytometry 41: 203-208, 2000;
    • Jurecic and Belmont, Curr. Opin. Microbiol. 3: 316-321, 2000;
    • Carulli et al., J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. 31: 286-296, 1998;
    • Going and Gusterson, Eur. J. Cancer 35: 1895-1904, 1999;
    • To, Comb. Chem. High Throughput Screen 3: 235-241, 2000;
    • Nielsen et al., Science 254: 1497-1500, 1991;
    • Martin et al., Helv. Chim. Acta, 78: 486-504, 1995;
    • The Concise Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science And Engineering, pages 858-859, Kroschwitz, J. I., ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1990;
    • Englisch et al., Angewandte Chemie, International Edition, 30: 613, 1991;
    • Sanghvi, Y. S., Chapter 15, Antisense Research and Applications, pages 289-302, Crooke, S. T. and Lebleu, B., ed., CRC Press, 1993;
    • Scaringe, Ph.D. Thesis, University of Colorado, 1996;
    • Scaringe et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 120: 11820-11821; 1998;
    • Matteucci and Caruthers, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 103: 3185-3191, 1981;
    • Beaucage and Caruthers, Tetrahedron Lett. 22: 1859-1862, 1981;
    • Dahl et al., Acta Chem. Scand. 44: 639-641; 1990;
    • Reddy et al., Tetrahedrom Lett. 25: 4311-4314, 1994;
    • Wincott et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 23: 2677-2684, 1995;
    • Griffin et al., Tetrahedron 23: 2301-2313, 1967a;
    • Griffin et al., Tetrahedron 23: 2315-2331, 1967b;
    • Chiang et al., J. Biol. Chem. 266: 18162-18171, 1991;
    • Miura et al., Clin. Chem. 42: 1758-1764, 1996.

Claims (19)

1-44. (canceled)
45. An antisense oligonucleotide comprising 20 to 80 nucleobases in length targeted to a nucleic acid molecule encoding human insulin-like growth factor receptor (IGF-IR), wherein said oligonucleotide specifically hybridizes with said nucleic acid molecule and inhibits the expression of IGF-IR and wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a deoxynucleotide region flanked on both the 5′ and the 3′ ends of said deoxynucleotide region with 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl) nucleotides.
46. The oligonucleotide as claimed in claim 45, wherein the oligonucleotide is 20 to 30 nucleobases in length.
47. The oligonucleotide as claimed in claim 45, wherein the oligonucleotide is 8 to 30 nucleobases in length.
48. The oligonucleotide as claimed in claim 45, wherein said oligonucleotide comprises a ten deoxynucleotide region flanked on both the 5′ and the 3′ ends of said ten deoxynucleotide region with five 2′-O-(2-methoxyethyl) nucleotides.
49. The oligonucleotide of claim 45 which is a DNA oligonucleotide, an RNA oligonucleotide or a chimeric oligonucleotide.
50. The oligonucleotide of claim 45, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is an RNA molecule encoding human insulin-like growth factor receptor.
51. The oligonucleotide of claim 50, wherein at least a portion of said oligonucleotide hybridizes with the nucleic acid molecule to form an oligonucleotide-RNA duplex.
52. The oligonucleotide of claim 45, wherein each internucleoside linkage in said oligonucleotide is a phosphorothioate and each cytosine in said oligonucleotide is a 5-methylcytosine.
53. The oligonucleotide of claim 45, wherein said oligonucleotide is targeted to a coding region of said nucleic acid molecule.
54. The oligonucleotide of claim 53, wherein said oligonucleotide is selected from SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:43, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:53, SEQ ID NO:68 and SEQ ID NO:72.
55. The oligonucleotide of claim 45, wherein said oligonucleotide is targeted to the 5′ UTR of said nucleic acid molecule.
56. The oligonucleotide of claim 55, wherein said oligonucleotide is selected from SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:115, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:122 and SEQ ID NO:131.
57. A composition comprising the oligonucleotide of claim 45 or a salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
58. A diagnostic in vitro method for identifying a disease state comprising identifying the presence of IGF-IR in a sample using an oligonucleotide of claim 45.
59. A kit or assay device comprising the oligonucleotide of claim 45.
60. A method of treating an animal having a disease, condition or disorder associated with IGF-IR, the method comprising administering to the animal an oligonucleotide of claim 45, wherein said oligonucleotide inhibits expression of IGF-IR and wherein the disorder associated with IGF-IR is a skin disorder selected from psoriasis, ichthyosis, pityriasis, rubra, pilaris, serborrhoea, keloids, keratosis, neoplasias, scleroderma, warts, benign growths or cancers of the skin.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein the animal or mammal is a human.
62. The method of claim 60, wherein the oligonucleotide is a phosphorothioate nucleic acid molecule.
US13/493,827 2003-02-11 2012-06-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression Abandoned US20130096176A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/493,827 US20130096176A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2012-06-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2003900609A AU2003900609A0 (en) 2003-02-11 2003-02-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression
AUAU2003900609 2003-02-11
AU2003902610A AU2003902610A0 (en) 2003-05-27 2003-05-27 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression - ii
AUAU2003902610 2003-05-27
PCT/AU2004/000160 WO2004072284A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-02-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression
US10/545,354 US7468356B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-02-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US12/342,025 US8217017B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2008-12-22 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US13/493,827 US20130096176A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2012-06-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/342,025 Division US8217017B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2008-12-22 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130096176A1 true US20130096176A1 (en) 2013-04-18

Family

ID=32870030

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/545,354 Expired - Fee Related US7468356B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-02-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US12/342,025 Expired - Fee Related US8217017B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2008-12-22 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US13/493,827 Abandoned US20130096176A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2012-06-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/545,354 Expired - Fee Related US7468356B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-02-11 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US12/342,025 Expired - Fee Related US8217017B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2008-12-22 Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (3) US7468356B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1597366B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4753863B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2515484C (en)
DK (1) DK1597366T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2400033T3 (en)
NZ (1) NZ541637A (en)
WO (1) WO2004072284A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022094320A3 (en) * 2020-10-29 2022-09-01 Garcia Blanco Mariano A Soluble interleukin-7 receptor (sil7r) modulating therapy to treat cancer

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NZ541637A (en) * 2003-02-11 2008-07-31 Antisense Therapeutics Pty Ltd Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor
US20040171149A1 (en) * 2003-02-11 2004-09-02 Wraight Christopher J. Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
JP4585342B2 (en) 2005-03-18 2010-11-24 株式会社資生堂 Method for screening substance for suppressing keratinization, substance screened by the same method, and method for suppressing keratinization
US20070275922A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-11-29 Alcon Manufacturing, Ltd. RNAi-MEDIATED INHIBITION OF IGF1R FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR ANGIOGENESIS
JP2008072946A (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-04-03 National Livestock Breeding Center Method for diagnosing gene resistant to bovine mastitis
US20090258365A1 (en) * 2008-03-25 2009-10-15 Terstappen Leon W M M METHOD FOR DETECTING IGF1R/Chr 15 in CIRCULATING TUMOR CELLS USING FISH
US9084770B2 (en) * 2008-10-14 2015-07-21 Antisense Therapeutics, Ltd. Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression in cancer
US20100316639A1 (en) 2009-06-16 2010-12-16 Genentech, Inc. Biomarkers for igf-1r inhibitor therapy
KR20120102587A (en) * 2009-08-19 2012-09-18 엠펙스 파마슈티컬즈, 인코포레이티드 Riboflavin based aerosol and use as placebo in trials
JP5559406B2 (en) * 2013-09-11 2014-07-23 株式会社 資生堂 Method for evaluating the probability of having a stain
RU2766457C2 (en) 2017-03-09 2022-03-15 Томас Джефферсон Юнивёрсити Methods and compositions for treating cancer using antisense

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5643788A (en) * 1993-03-26 1997-07-01 Thomas Jefferson University Method of inhibiting the proliferation and causing the differentiation of cells with IGF-1 receptor antisense oligonucleotides
US6071891A (en) * 1996-11-22 2000-06-06 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptors (IGF-1R) antisense oligonucleotide cells composition

Family Cites Families (195)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3687808A (en) 1969-08-14 1972-08-29 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Synthetic polynucleotides
US4534899A (en) 1981-07-20 1985-08-13 Lipid Specialties, Inc. Synthetic phospholipid compounds
US4426330A (en) 1981-07-20 1984-01-17 Lipid Specialties, Inc. Synthetic phospholipid compounds
JPS5927900A (en) 1982-08-09 1984-02-14 Wakunaga Seiyaku Kk Oligonucleotide derivative and its preparation
FR2540122B1 (en) 1983-01-27 1985-11-29 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL COMPOUNDS COMPRISING A SEQUENCE OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDE LINKED TO AN INTERCALATION AGENT, THEIR SYNTHESIS PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION
US4605735A (en) 1983-02-14 1986-08-12 Wakunaga Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Oligonucleotide derivatives
US4948882A (en) 1983-02-22 1990-08-14 Syngene, Inc. Single-stranded labelled oligonucleotides, reactive monomers and methods of synthesis
US4824941A (en) 1983-03-10 1989-04-25 Julian Gordon Specific antibody to the native form of 2'5'-oligonucleotides, the method of preparation and the use as reagents in immunoassays or for binding 2'5'-oligonucleotides in biological systems
US4587044A (en) 1983-09-01 1986-05-06 The Johns Hopkins University Linkage of proteins to nucleic acids
US5118800A (en) 1983-12-20 1992-06-02 California Institute Of Technology Oligonucleotides possessing a primary amino group in the terminal nucleotide
US5118802A (en) 1983-12-20 1992-06-02 California Institute Of Technology DNA-reporter conjugates linked via the 2' or 5'-primary amino group of the 5'-terminal nucleoside
FR2567892B1 (en) 1984-07-19 1989-02-17 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL OLIGONUCLEOTIDES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS AS MEDIATORS IN DEVELOPING THE EFFECTS OF INTERFERONS
US5367066A (en) 1984-10-16 1994-11-22 Chiron Corporation Oligonucleotides with selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites
US5430136A (en) 1984-10-16 1995-07-04 Chiron Corporation Oligonucleotides having selectably cleavable and/or abasic sites
US5258506A (en) 1984-10-16 1993-11-02 Chiron Corporation Photolabile reagents for incorporation into oligonucleotide chains
US4828979A (en) 1984-11-08 1989-05-09 Life Technologies, Inc. Nucleotide analogs for nucleic acid labeling and detection
FR2575751B1 (en) 1985-01-08 1987-04-03 Pasteur Institut NOVEL ADENOSINE DERIVATIVE NUCLEOSIDES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS
US5405938A (en) 1989-12-20 1995-04-11 Anti-Gene Development Group Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US5235033A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-08-10 Anti-Gene Development Group Alpha-morpholino ribonucleoside derivatives and polymers thereof
US5185444A (en) 1985-03-15 1993-02-09 Anti-Gene Deveopment Group Uncharged morpolino-based polymers having phosphorous containing chiral intersubunit linkages
US5166315A (en) 1989-12-20 1992-11-24 Anti-Gene Development Group Sequence-specific binding polymers for duplex nucleic acids
US4762779A (en) 1985-06-13 1988-08-09 Amgen Inc. Compositions and methods for functionalizing nucleic acids
US5317098A (en) 1986-03-17 1994-05-31 Hiroaki Shizuya Non-radioisotope tagging of fragments
JPS638396A (en) 1986-06-30 1988-01-14 Wakunaga Pharmaceut Co Ltd Poly-labeled oligonucleotide derivative
EP0260032B1 (en) 1986-09-08 1994-01-26 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Compounds for the cleavage at a specific position of RNA, oligomers employed for the formation of said compounds, and starting materials for the synthesis of said oligomers
US5264423A (en) 1987-03-25 1993-11-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
US5276019A (en) 1987-03-25 1994-01-04 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
US4904582A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-02-27 Synthetic Genetics Novel amphiphilic nucleic acid conjugates
JP2828642B2 (en) 1987-06-24 1998-11-25 ハワード フローレイ インスティテュト オブ イクスペリメンタル フィジオロジー アンド メディシン Nucleoside derivative
US5585481A (en) 1987-09-21 1996-12-17 Gen-Probe Incorporated Linking reagents for nucleotide probes
US4924624A (en) 1987-10-22 1990-05-15 Temple University-Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education 2,',5'-phosphorothioate oligoadenylates and plant antiviral uses thereof
US5188897A (en) 1987-10-22 1993-02-23 Temple University Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Encapsulated 2',5'-phosphorothioate oligoadenylates
US5525465A (en) 1987-10-28 1996-06-11 Howard Florey Institute Of Experimental Physiology And Medicine Oligonucleotide-polyamide conjugates and methods of production and applications of the same
DE3738460A1 (en) 1987-11-12 1989-05-24 Max Planck Gesellschaft MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDS
US5403711A (en) 1987-11-30 1995-04-04 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Nucleic acid hybridization and amplification method for detection of specific sequences in which a complementary labeled nucleic acid probe is cleaved
ATE151467T1 (en) 1987-11-30 1997-04-15 Univ Iowa Res Found DNA MOLECULES STABILIZED BY MODIFICATIONS TO THE 3'-TERMINAL PHOSPHODIESTER BOND, THEIR USE AS NUCLEIC ACID PROBE AND AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS FOR INHIBITING THE EXPRESSION OF SPECIFIC TARGET GENES
US5082830A (en) 1988-02-26 1992-01-21 Enzo Biochem, Inc. End labeled nucleotide probe
JPH03503894A (en) 1988-03-25 1991-08-29 ユニバーシィティ　オブ　バージニア　アランミ　パテンツ　ファウンデイション Oligonucleotide N-alkylphosphoramidate
US5278302A (en) 1988-05-26 1994-01-11 University Patents, Inc. Polynucleotide phosphorodithioates
US5109124A (en) 1988-06-01 1992-04-28 Biogen, Inc. Nucleic acid probe linked to a label having a terminal cysteine
US5216141A (en) 1988-06-06 1993-06-01 Benner Steven A Oligonucleotide analogs containing sulfur linkages
US5175273A (en) 1988-07-01 1992-12-29 Genentech, Inc. Nucleic acid intercalating agents
US5262536A (en) 1988-09-15 1993-11-16 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Reagents for the preparation of 5'-tagged oligonucleotides
US5194599A (en) 1988-09-23 1993-03-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Hydrogen phosphonodithioate compositions
US5512439A (en) 1988-11-21 1996-04-30 Dynal As Oligonucleotide-linked magnetic particles and uses thereof
US5457183A (en) 1989-03-06 1995-10-10 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Hydroxylated texaphyrins
US5599923A (en) 1989-03-06 1997-02-04 Board Of Regents, University Of Tx Texaphyrin metal complexes having improved functionalization
US5354844A (en) 1989-03-16 1994-10-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Protein-polycation conjugates
US5108921A (en) 1989-04-03 1992-04-28 Purdue Research Foundation Method for enhanced transmembrane transport of exogenous molecules
US5391723A (en) 1989-05-31 1995-02-21 Neorx Corporation Oligonucleotide conjugates
US5256775A (en) 1989-06-05 1993-10-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides
US4958013A (en) 1989-06-06 1990-09-18 Northwestern University Cholesteryl modified oligonucleotides
US5227170A (en) 1989-06-22 1993-07-13 Vestar, Inc. Encapsulation process
US5451463A (en) 1989-08-28 1995-09-19 Clontech Laboratories, Inc. Non-nucleoside 1,3-diol reagents for labeling synthetic oligonucleotides
US5134066A (en) 1989-08-29 1992-07-28 Monsanto Company Improved probes using nucleosides containing 3-dezauracil analogs
US5254469A (en) 1989-09-12 1993-10-19 Eastman Kodak Company Oligonucleotide-enzyme conjugate that can be used as a probe in hybridization assays and polymerase chain reaction procedures
US5591722A (en) 1989-09-15 1997-01-07 Southern Research Institute 2'-deoxy-4'-thioribonucleosides and their antiviral activity
US5356633A (en) 1989-10-20 1994-10-18 Liposome Technology, Inc. Method of treatment of inflamed tissues
US5527528A (en) 1989-10-20 1996-06-18 Sequus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid-tumor treatment method
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5721218A (en) 1989-10-23 1998-02-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity
US5399676A (en) 1989-10-23 1995-03-21 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity
EP0942000B1 (en) 1989-10-24 2004-06-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-Modified oligonucleotides
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5264562A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5292873A (en) 1989-11-29 1994-03-08 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Nucleic acids labeled with naphthoquinone probe
US5177198A (en) 1989-11-30 1993-01-05 University Of N.C. At Chapel Hill Process for preparing oligoribonucleoside and oligodeoxyribonucleoside boranophosphates
US5130302A (en) 1989-12-20 1992-07-14 Boron Bilogicals, Inc. Boronated nucleoside, nucleotide and oligonucleotide compounds, compositions and methods for using same
US5580575A (en) 1989-12-22 1996-12-03 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Therapeutic drug delivery systems
US5469854A (en) 1989-12-22 1995-11-28 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes
US5486603A (en) 1990-01-08 1996-01-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide having enhanced binding affinity
US5587361A (en) 1991-10-15 1996-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides having phosphorothioate linkages of high chiral purity
US5681941A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-10-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted purines and oligonucleotide cross-linking
US5587470A (en) 1990-01-11 1996-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-deazapurines
US5646265A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-07-08 Isis Pharmceuticals, Inc. Process for the preparation of 2'-O-alkyl purine phosphoramidites
US5670633A (en) 1990-01-11 1997-09-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sugar modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression
US5578718A (en) 1990-01-11 1996-11-26 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thiol-derivatized nucleosides
US5459255A (en) 1990-01-11 1995-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N-2 substituted purines
US5623065A (en) 1990-08-13 1997-04-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gapped 2' modified oligonucleotides
US5220007A (en) 1990-02-15 1993-06-15 The Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology Method of site-specific alteration of RNA and production of encoded polypeptides
US5149797A (en) 1990-02-15 1992-09-22 The Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology Method of site-specific alteration of rna and production of encoded polypeptides
US5214136A (en) 1990-02-20 1993-05-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Anthraquinone-derivatives oligonucleotides
AU7579991A (en) 1990-02-20 1991-09-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pseudonucleosides and pseudonucleotides and their polymers
US5321131A (en) 1990-03-08 1994-06-14 Hybridon, Inc. Site-specific functionalization of oligodeoxynucleotides for non-radioactive labelling
US5470967A (en) 1990-04-10 1995-11-28 The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Oligonucleotide analogs with sulfamate linkages
US5264618A (en) 1990-04-19 1993-11-23 Vical, Inc. Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules
GB9009980D0 (en) 1990-05-03 1990-06-27 Amersham Int Plc Phosphoramidite derivatives,their preparation and the use thereof in the incorporation of reporter groups on synthetic oligonucleotides
ES2116977T3 (en) 1990-05-11 1998-08-01 Microprobe Corp SOLID SUPPORTS FOR NUCLEIC ACID HYBRIDIZATION TESTS AND METHODS TO IMMOBILIZE OLIGONUCLEOTIDES IN A COVALENT WAY.
US5138045A (en) 1990-07-27 1992-08-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides
US5223618A (en) 1990-08-13 1993-06-29 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
US5623070A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-04-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroatomic oligonucleoside linkages
US5386023A (en) 1990-07-27 1995-01-31 Isis Pharmaceuticals Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through reductive coupling
US5541307A (en) 1990-07-27 1996-07-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs and solid phase synthesis thereof
US5218105A (en) 1990-07-27 1993-06-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides
US5677437A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-10-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroatomic oligonucleoside linkages
US5688941A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-11-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of making conjugated 4' desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
US5610289A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-03-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogues
US5378825A (en) 1990-07-27 1995-01-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs
US5618704A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-04-08 Isis Pharmacueticals, Inc. Backbone-modified oligonucleotide analogs and preparation thereof through radical coupling
US5608046A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-03-04 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conjugated 4'-desmethyl nucleoside analog compounds
BR9106702A (en) 1990-07-27 1993-06-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc ANALOG OF OLIGONUCLEOTIDEOS AND PROCESSES TO MODULATE THE PRODUCTION OF A PROTEIN BY AN ORGANISM AND TO TREAT AN ORGANISM
US5489677A (en) 1990-07-27 1996-02-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleoside linkages containing adjacent oxygen and nitrogen atoms
US5602240A (en) 1990-07-27 1997-02-11 Ciba Geigy Ag. Backbone modified oligonucleotide analogs
US5245022A (en) 1990-08-03 1993-09-14 Sterling Drug, Inc. Exonuclease resistant terminally substituted oligonucleotides
IL113519A (en) 1990-08-03 1997-11-20 Sterling Winthrop Inc Oligonucleoside sequences of from about 6 to about 200 bases having a three atom internucleoside linkage, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting gene expression containing said oligonucleosides
US5512667A (en) 1990-08-28 1996-04-30 Reed; Michael W. Trifunctional intermediates for preparing 3'-tailed oligonucleotides
US5214134A (en) 1990-09-12 1993-05-25 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Process of linking nucleosides with a siloxane bridge
US5561225A (en) 1990-09-19 1996-10-01 Southern Research Institute Polynucleotide analogs containing sulfonate and sulfonamide internucleoside linkages
CA2092002A1 (en) 1990-09-20 1992-03-21 Mark Matteucci Modified internucleoside linkages
US5432272A (en) 1990-10-09 1995-07-11 Benner; Steven A. Method for incorporating into a DNA or RNA oligonucleotide using nucleotides bearing heterocyclic bases
ATE198598T1 (en) 1990-11-08 2001-01-15 Hybridon Inc CONNECTION OF MULTIPLE REPORTER GROUPS ON SYNTHETIC OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
US5672697A (en) 1991-02-08 1997-09-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleoside 5'-methylene phosphonates
JP3220180B2 (en) 1991-05-23 2001-10-22 三菱化学株式会社 Drug-containing protein-bound liposomes
US5539082A (en) 1993-04-26 1996-07-23 Nielsen; Peter E. Peptide nucleic acids
US5714331A (en) 1991-05-24 1998-02-03 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having enhanced binding affinity, sequence specificity and solubility
US5719262A (en) 1993-11-22 1998-02-17 Buchardt, Deceased; Ole Peptide nucleic acids having amino acid side chains
DK51092D0 (en) 1991-05-24 1992-04-15 Ole Buchardt OLIGONUCLEOTIDE ANALOGUE DESCRIBED BY PEN, MONOMERIC SYNTHONES AND PROCEDURES FOR PREPARING THEREOF, AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
US5371241A (en) 1991-07-19 1994-12-06 Pharmacia P-L Biochemicals Inc. Fluorescein labelled phosphoramidites
US5571799A (en) 1991-08-12 1996-11-05 Basco, Ltd. (2'-5') oligoadenylate analogues useful as inhibitors of host-v5.-graft response
NZ244306A (en) 1991-09-30 1995-07-26 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Composition for introducing nucleic acid complexes into eucaryotic cells, complex containing nucleic acid and endosomolytic agent, peptide with endosomolytic domain and nucleic acid binding domain and preparation
US5521291A (en) 1991-09-30 1996-05-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International, Gmbh Conjugates for introducing nucleic acid into higher eucaryotic cells
DE59208572D1 (en) 1991-10-17 1997-07-10 Ciba Geigy Ag Bicyclic nucleosides, oligonucleotides, processes for their preparation and intermediates
US5594121A (en) 1991-11-07 1997-01-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified purines
TW393513B (en) 1991-11-26 2000-06-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
JP3739785B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2006-01-25 アイシス ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイティド Enhanced triple and double helix shaping using oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US5484908A (en) 1991-11-26 1996-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines
US5792608A (en) 1991-12-12 1998-08-11 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use
US5359044A (en) 1991-12-13 1994-10-25 Isis Pharmaceuticals Cyclobutyl oligonucleotide surrogates
US5700922A (en) 1991-12-24 1997-12-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PNA-DNA-PNA chimeric macromolecules
US5565552A (en) 1992-01-21 1996-10-15 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Method of expanded porphyrin-oligonucleotide conjugate synthesis
US5595726A (en) 1992-01-21 1997-01-21 Pharmacyclics, Inc. Chromophore probe for detection of nucleic acid
FR2687679B1 (en) 1992-02-05 1994-10-28 Centre Nat Rech Scient OLIGOTHIONUCLEOTIDES.
US5633360A (en) 1992-04-14 1997-05-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs capable of passive cell membrane permeation
FR2692265B1 (en) 1992-05-25 1996-11-08 Centre Nat Rech Scient BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS OF THE PHOSPHOTRIESTER TYPE.
US5434257A (en) 1992-06-01 1995-07-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Binding compentent oligomers containing unsaturated 3',5' and 2',5' linkages
EP0577558A2 (en) 1992-07-01 1994-01-05 Ciba-Geigy Ag Carbocyclic nucleosides having bicyclic rings, oligonucleotides therefrom, process for their preparation, their use and intermediates
US5272250A (en) 1992-07-10 1993-12-21 Spielvogel Bernard F Boronated phosphoramidate compounds
US5652355A (en) 1992-07-23 1997-07-29 Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology Hybrid oligonucleotide phosphorothioates
RU95104940A (en) 1992-07-27 1997-01-10 Хайбрайдон Method of incorporation of alkylphosphonothioate or arylphosphonothioate internucleotide linkage in oligonucleotide, method of oligonucleotide synthesis, method of gene expression inhibition, treatment method
US5583020A (en) 1992-11-24 1996-12-10 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Permeability enhancers for negatively charged polynucleotides
US5574142A (en) 1992-12-15 1996-11-12 Microprobe Corporation Peptide linkers for improved oligonucleotide delivery
JP3351476B2 (en) 1993-01-22 2002-11-25 三菱化学株式会社 Phospholipid derivatives and liposomes containing the same
DE69400208T2 (en) 1993-01-25 1996-11-28 Hybridon Inc OLIONUCLEOTIDALKYLPHOSPHONATES AND PHOSPHONOTHIOATES
US5476925A (en) 1993-02-01 1995-12-19 Northwestern University Oligodeoxyribonucleotides including 3'-aminonucleoside-phosphoramidate linkages and terminal 3'-amino groups
US5395619A (en) 1993-03-03 1995-03-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Lipid-polymer conjugates and liposomes
GB9304620D0 (en) 1993-03-06 1993-04-21 Ciba Geigy Ag Compounds
GB9304618D0 (en) 1993-03-06 1993-04-21 Ciba Geigy Ag Chemical compounds
CA2159631A1 (en) 1993-03-30 1994-10-13 Sanofi Acyclic nucleoside analogs and oligonucleotide sequences containing them
WO1994022891A1 (en) 1993-03-31 1994-10-13 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Oligonucleotides with amide linkages replacing phosphodiester linkages
DE4311944A1 (en) 1993-04-10 1994-10-13 Degussa Coated sodium percarbonate particles, process for their preparation and detergent, cleaning and bleaching compositions containing them
US5462854A (en) 1993-04-19 1995-10-31 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Inverse linkage oligonucleotides for chemical and enzymatic processes
FR2705099B1 (en) 1993-05-12 1995-08-04 Centre Nat Rech Scient Phosphorothioate triester oligonucleotides and process for their preparation.
US5534259A (en) 1993-07-08 1996-07-09 Liposome Technology, Inc. Polymer compound and coated particle composition
US5543158A (en) 1993-07-23 1996-08-06 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Biodegradable injectable nanoparticles
US5417978A (en) 1993-07-29 1995-05-23 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Liposomal antisense methyl phosphonate oligonucleotides and methods for their preparation and use
US5502177A (en) 1993-09-17 1996-03-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives for labeled binding partners
US5801154A (en) 1993-10-18 1998-09-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense oligonucleotide modulation of multidrug resistance-associated protein
US5457187A (en) 1993-12-08 1995-10-10 Board Of Regents University Of Nebraska Oligonucleotides containing 5-fluorouracil
US5446137B1 (en) 1993-12-09 1998-10-06 Behringwerke Ag Oligonucleotides containing 4'-substituted nucleotides
DE69425903T2 (en) 1993-12-09 2001-02-15 Thomas Jefferson University Ph CONNECTIONS AND METHOD FOR LOCATION-SPECIFIC MUTATION IN EUKARYOTIC CELLS
US5595756A (en) 1993-12-22 1997-01-21 Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation Liposomal compositions for enhanced retention of bioactive agents
US5519134A (en) 1994-01-11 1996-05-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrrolidine-containing monomers and oligomers
US5596091A (en) 1994-03-18 1997-01-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Antisense oligonucleotides comprising 5-aminoalkyl pyrimidine nucleotides
US5627053A (en) 1994-03-29 1997-05-06 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'deoxy-2'-alkylnucleotide containing nucleic acid
US5625050A (en) 1994-03-31 1997-04-29 Amgen Inc. Modified oligonucleotides and intermediates useful in nucleic acid therapeutics
US5646269A (en) 1994-04-28 1997-07-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Method for oligonucleotide analog synthesis
US5525711A (en) 1994-05-18 1996-06-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes
US5543152A (en) 1994-06-20 1996-08-06 Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation Sphingosomes for enhanced drug delivery
US5597696A (en) 1994-07-18 1997-01-28 Becton Dickinson And Company Covalent cyanine dye oligonucleotide conjugates
US5580731A (en) 1994-08-25 1996-12-03 Chiron Corporation N-4 modified pyrimidine deoxynucleotides and oligonucleotide probes synthesized therewith
US5597909A (en) 1994-08-25 1997-01-28 Chiron Corporation Polynucleotide reagents containing modified deoxyribose moieties, and associated methods of synthesis and use
AU3760595A (en) 1994-10-04 1996-04-26 Emory University Methods for regulation of insulin-like growth factor i receptor
US5591721A (en) 1994-10-25 1997-01-07 Hybridon, Inc. Method of down-regulating gene expression
US5512295A (en) 1994-11-10 1996-04-30 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Synthetic liposomes for enhanced uptake and delivery
US5792747A (en) 1995-01-24 1998-08-11 The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Highly potent agonists of growth hormone releasing hormone
US5652356A (en) 1995-08-17 1997-07-29 Hybridon, Inc. Inverted chimeric and hybrid oligonucleotides
JP3756313B2 (en) 1997-03-07 2006-03-15 武 今西 Novel bicyclonucleosides and oligonucleotide analogues
IL135000A0 (en) 1997-09-12 2001-05-20 Exiqon As Bi- and tri-cyclic nucleoside, nucleotide and oligonucleotide analogues
AU1302899A (en) 1997-11-04 1999-05-24 Inex Pharmaceutical Corporation Antisense compounds to insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor
US5998148A (en) * 1999-04-08 1999-12-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc. Antisense modulation of microtubule-associated protein 4 expression
US6287860B1 (en) 2000-01-20 2001-09-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense inhibition of MEKK2 expression
US20030211985A1 (en) 2000-07-18 2003-11-13 Zerhusen Bryan D. Novel proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
HU229207B1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2013-09-30 Univ British Columbia Antisense insulin-like growth factor binding protein (igfbp)-2-oligodeoxynucleotides for prostate and other endocrine regulated tumor therapy
WO2002024717A1 (en) 2000-09-20 2002-03-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of flip-c expression
US6426220B1 (en) 2000-10-30 2002-07-30 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antisense modulation of calreticulin expression
WO2002086105A1 (en) 2001-04-20 2002-10-31 Chiron Corporation Delivery of polynucleotide agents to the central nervous sysstem
US20040171149A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-09-02 Wraight Christopher J. Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
NZ541637A (en) * 2003-02-11 2008-07-31 Antisense Therapeutics Pty Ltd Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor
US8935416B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2015-01-13 Fortinet, Inc. Method, apparatus, signals and medium for enforcing compliance with a policy on a client computer
WO2013027104A1 (en) 2011-08-25 2013-02-28 Db Equipment As Accessory bag having reinforced sidewalls and variable length
US9209196B2 (en) 2011-11-30 2015-12-08 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Memory circuit, method of driving the same, nonvolatile storage device using the same, and liquid crystal display device
US9400902B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-07-26 Trimble Navigation Limited Multi-modal entity tracking and display
US9108673B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-08-18 Steering Solutions Ip Holding Corporation Crash release mechanism for automotive steering column
US10071822B2 (en) 2015-02-25 2018-09-11 Jervis B. Webb Company Method and system for automated luggage security inspection

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5643788A (en) * 1993-03-26 1997-07-01 Thomas Jefferson University Method of inhibiting the proliferation and causing the differentiation of cells with IGF-1 receptor antisense oligonucleotides
US6071891A (en) * 1996-11-22 2000-06-06 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptors (IGF-1R) antisense oligonucleotide cells composition

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022094320A3 (en) * 2020-10-29 2022-09-01 Garcia Blanco Mariano A Soluble interleukin-7 receptor (sil7r) modulating therapy to treat cancer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2004072284A8 (en) 2005-10-27
DK1597366T3 (en) 2013-02-25
EP1597366B1 (en) 2012-11-21
WO2004072284A1 (en) 2004-08-26
CA2515484C (en) 2011-09-20
NZ541637A (en) 2008-07-31
EP1597366A4 (en) 2007-01-10
JP4753863B2 (en) 2011-08-24
EP1597366A1 (en) 2005-11-23
US20090286849A1 (en) 2009-11-19
ES2400033T3 (en) 2013-04-05
JP2006520586A (en) 2006-09-14
US8217017B2 (en) 2012-07-10
US20060234239A1 (en) 2006-10-19
CA2515484A1 (en) 2004-08-26
US7468356B2 (en) 2008-12-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7598227B2 (en) Modulation of apolipoprotein C-III expression
US8217017B2 (en) Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US7144999B2 (en) Modulation of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha expression
US7259150B2 (en) Modulation of apolipoprotein (a) expression
US8084436B2 (en) Modulation of SGLT2 expression
US20070020675A1 (en) Modulation of endothelial lipase expression
US20040101852A1 (en) Modulation of CGG triplet repeat binding protein 1 expression
EP2327709A2 (en) Modulation of glucagon receptor expression
US20070021367A1 (en) Modulation of SOCS-3 expression
US8518904B2 (en) Modulation of STAT 6 expression
WO2004048534A2 (en) Modulation of cytokine-inducible kinase expression
WO2004096996A2 (en) Modulation of glucagon receptor expression
US20070265219A1 (en) Modulation of thyroid hormone receptor interactor 3 expression
US20090111767A1 (en) Modulation of insulin like growth factor i receptor expression
US20040097441A1 (en) Modulation of NIMA-related kinase 6 expression
US20050215506A1 (en) Modulation of tyrosinase expression
AU2004210882B2 (en) Modulation of insulin like growth factor I receptor expression
US20050101000A1 (en) Modulation of phosphodiesterase 4B expression
US20040096836A1 (en) Modulation of mitogen-activated protein kinase 13 expression
US20060154885A1 (en) Modulation of SLC26A2 expression
US20040115633A1 (en) Modulation of mitochondrial ribosome protein S16 expression
US20040097444A1 (en) Modulation of serine/threonine kinase 16 expression
US20050227939A1 (en) Modulation of kallikrein 6 expression

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS LTD., AUSTRALIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WRAIGHT, CHRISTOPHER JOHN;WERTHER, GEORGE ARTHUR;DEAN, NICHOLAS M.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20050909 TO 20060120;REEL/FRAME:031467/0762

AS Assignment

Owner name: ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS LIMITED, AUSTRALIA

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:ANTISENSE THERAPEUTICS, LTD.;REEL/FRAME:031580/0083

Effective date: 20001113

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION